2009 rx-8 owner's manual - mazda · essential safety equipment use of safety equipment,...

Black plate (1,1)

RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page1Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM

Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (2,1)


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (3,1)

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service isnecessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the bestpossible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor CorporationHIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Event Data RecorderThis vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safervehicles.

Air Conditioning and the EnvironmentYour Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not todamage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

PerchlorateCertain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] maycontain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2008 Mazda Motor CorporationPrinted in Japan Aug. 2008(Print3)

AWord to Mazda Owners


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (4,1)

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGA WARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage toyour vehicle, or both, could result ifthe caution is ignored.

NOTEA NOTE provides information and sometimessuggests how to make better use of yourvehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (5,1)


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer Information and Reporting Safety DefectsImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11

Black plate (6,1)


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (7,1)

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4

1-1


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (8,1)

*Refer to Navigation System at the separate manual (if equipped).The equipment and installation position varies by model.

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Dashboard and Interior Overview


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (9,1)

Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-28Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-54Dashboard illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-38DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-26Lighting control/Turn signals ............................................................................ page 5-56Audio control switch ......................................................................................... page 6-54Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-35Air bags ............................................................................................................. page 2-38Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-60Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-21Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-79Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-66Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-15Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-84Center console ................................................................................................... page 6-85Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-83Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-6MT shift lever .................................................................................................... page 5-10AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-13Lighter ............................................................................................................... page 6-81Ashtray ............................................................................................................... page 6-82Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2Tilt wheel release lever ...................................................................................... page 3-54Coin box ............................................................................................................ page 6-84Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-43Trunk release button .......................................................................................... page 3-32Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-38Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-35Interior light ....................................................................................................... page 6-77Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-77Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-55Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-77Front seats ............................................................................................................ page 2-2Rear seat ............................................................................................................ page 2-11Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-14


Dashboard and Interior Overview

1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (10,1)

The equipment and installation position varies by model.

1-4


The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Exterior Overview


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (11,1)

Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-32Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-65Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-15Power windows ................................................................................................. page 3-35Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-54Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-23Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-28Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-43Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-19Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-45Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-42Doors and keys .................................................................................................. page 3-27


Exterior Overview

1-5The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (12,1)

1-6


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (13,1)

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2Driver's Seat (Electrically Operated Seat) ................................. 2-6Rear Seat ................................................................................. 2-11Seat Warmerí ......................................................................... 2-12

Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-14Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-14Location of Seat Belt ............................................................... 2-17Seat Belt .................................................................................. 2-18Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-19Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-22Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-23

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-25Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-25Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-29LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-35

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-38Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ............... 2-38Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-42How the Air Bags Work .......................................................... 2-44

2-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (14,1)

Front Seats (ManuallyOperated Seats)

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats and seatbacks thatare not securely locked aredangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback couldmove, causing injury. Make sure theadjustable components of the seatare locked in place by attempting toslide the seat forward and backwardand rocking the seatback.

qSeat Slide

WARNINGAdjust the driver seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

To move a seat forward or backward, raisethe lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.(Standard)

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (15,1)

(Recaro manufactured bucket seats)í

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with the seats reclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you don't get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in a front passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor:

If your vehicle is equipped with frontpassenger seat weight sensors,sitting in the front passenger seatimproperly out of position or with theseatback reclined too far while thevehicle is moving is dangerous as itcan take off weight from the seatbottom and affect the weightdetermination of the front passengersensing system. As a result the frontpassenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould cause result in serious injury.Always sit upright against yourseatback, with your feet on the floor.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

The seatback plays an important rolein your protection in a vehicle.Leaving the seatback unlocked isdangerous as it can allow passengersto be ejected or thrown around andbaggage to strike occupants in asudden stop or collision, resulting insevere injury. After adjusting theseatback at any time, even whenthere are no other passengers, rockthe seatback to make sure it is lockedin place.


Seats

2-3íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (16,1)

(Dial type)To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while rotating the dial tothe desired position.

(Lever type)To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever or dial. If theseatback is not supported, it will flipforward suddenly and could causeinjury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

By moving the seat lever up or down, theseat bottom height can be adjusted.

Up

Down

2-4


Seats


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (17,1)

qFolding the Seat (Passenger's seatonly)

WARNINGDo not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

The seatback plays an important rolein your protection in a vehicle.Leaving the seatback unlocked isdangerous as it can allow passengersto be ejected or thrown around andbaggage to strike occupants in asudden stop or collision, resulting insevere injury. After adjusting theseatback at any time, even whenthere are no other passengers, rockthe seatback to make sure it is lockedin place.

Never lower a front seatback while anoccupant is seated in the seat, even ifthe vehicle is stopped:

Lowering a front seatback while anoccupant is seated in the seat isdangerous because the seatbackfolds down suddenly when operatedwhich could cause an injury.

Never lower a front seatback while thevehicle is moving:

Lowering a front seatback while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause the seatback folds downsuddenly when operated which couldresult in an accident or injury.

CAUTIONØ When operating the seatback,

support the seatback firmly withone hand while it folds down.When lowering the seatback, becareful not to pinch or injure yourhand or fingers.

Ø Do not step on the lever as it coulddamage it.

Because your vehicle has free-style doors(page 3-30), the rear door cannot beopened while the front door is closed. Toexit the rear seating area, fold the frontseatback forward using the followingprocedure and open the front door first.

NOTEThe seatback folding feature is not equippedon the manually operated driver's seat. Thefeature is only available on the power seat.

Seatback folding

(Standard)

Pull the lever upward to fold the seatbackforward.


Seats

2-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (18,1)

(Recaro manufactured bucket seats)í

Pull the lever upward to fold the seatbackforward.

To return the seatback to its on-roadposition

To return the seatback to its on-roadposition, press the seatback rearward untilis locks in place.After returning the seatback to its on-roadposition, make sure it is secured byattempting to lightly move it forward andback.

Driver's Seat (ElectricallyOperated Seat)

The power operated seat is available onlyon the driver's seat. The front passengerseat is manually operated.Refer to Front Seats (Manually OperatedSeats) (page 2-2) for adjustmentinstructions.

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

2-6


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (19,1)

CAUTIONØ The seat-bottom power

adjustment is operated by motors.Avoid extended operation becauseexcessive use can damage themotors.

Ø To prevent the battery fromrunning down, avoid using thepower adjustment when theengine is stopped. The adjusteruses a large amount of electricalpower.

Ø Don't use the switch to make morethan one adjustment at a time.

qSeat Slide

To slide the seat, move the slide lifterswitch on the outside of the seat to thefront or back and hold it. Release theswitch at the desired position.

NOTEThe seat can be slid rearward by continuouslypressing the switch. In addition, the seatbackalso lowers rearward.Refer to Folding the Seat on page 2-10.


Seats

2-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (20,1)

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with the seats reclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you don't get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in a front passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor:

If your vehicle is equipped with frontpassenger seat weight sensors,sitting in the front passenger seatimproperly out of position or with theseatback reclined too far while thevehicle is moving is dangerous as itcan take off weight from the seatbottom and affect the weightdetermination of the front passengersensing system. As a result the frontpassenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould cause result in serious injury.Always sit upright against yourseatback, with your feet on the floor.

Change the seatback angle by pressing thefront or rear side of the reclining switch.Release the switch at the desired position.

qHeight Adjustment

The seat height can be adjusted bymoving the switch up or down.

2-8


Seats


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (21,1)

qSeat Position Memory

One-touch seat position programming anda call up function are available on thedriver's seat.

CAUTIONWhen calling up the seat position, donot place your hands or fingersaround the seat bottom. The seatmoves to the desired positionautomatically, and if your hands orfingers are placed around the seatbottom, it could cause injury.

Set button

Programming of the driver's seat positionsis possible using the following functions:l Programming buttons ― and theset button.

Programmed seat positions can also becalled up using the following functions:l Programming buttons ― .

Operation using the seat-side buttons

Programming

Seat position programming is possiblewhen the vehicle is parked.

1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.For each seat position adjustmentmethod refer to the following pages:Seat Slide (page 2-7)Seat Recline (page 2-8)Height Adjustment (page 2-8)

2. Press the desired programming button― while pressing the set button

until a beep sound is heard.

NOTEVehicle maintenance or other reasonsrequiring the vehicle battery to bedisconnected will result in the seat positionmemory being erased.In this case, re-program the seat positions.

Seat position call up

While the vehicle is stopped, press andhold a programming button ― forthe desired seat position.When the seat is in the programmedposition, a beep sound is heard.

NOTEIf any of the following occurs, the seat positioncall up function cancels:l A seat adjustment switch other than a

lumbar support switch is operated.l The vehicle moves or starts to move.l The selected programming button ―

or the set button is pressed again.l The set button is operated.


Seats

2-9


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (22,1)

qLumbar Support Adjustment

The amount of lumbar support can beadjusted by pressing the switch.To increase the seat firmness, press andhold the front part of the switch to thedesired position, then release it.Press the rear part of the switch todecrease firmness.

qFolding the Seat

WARNINGNever lower a front seatback while anoccupant is seated in the seat, even ifthe vehicle is stopped:

Lowering a front seatback while anoccupant is seated in the seat isdangerous because the seatbackfolds down suddenly when operatedwhich could cause an injury.

Because your vehicle has free-style doors(page 3-30), the rear door cannot beopened while the front door is closed. Toexit the rear seating area, fold the frontseatback forward using the followingprocedure and open the front door first.

Seatback folding

Press and hold the upper part of theswitch while the vehicle is stopped toslide the seat forward and fold theseatback forward.

To return the seatback to its on-roadposition

Press and hold the lower part of the switchwhile the vehicle is stopped to slide theseat rearward and raise the seatback.

NOTEThe operation cancels in the following cases:l A seat adjustment switch other than a

lumbar support switch is operated.l The set button is operated.l Any programming button ― is

pressed.l The vehicle moves or starts to move.

2-10


Seats


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (23,1)

The seat stops moving when it returns toits original position. A beep sound isheard at this time.

NOTEl Pressing and holding the lower part of the

switch again after the seat has returned toits on-road position will move the seatfarther rearward.

l Vehicle maintenance or other reasonsrequiring the vehicle battery to bedisconnected will result in the seat positionmemory being erased. As a result, the seatwill continue to slide rearward and theseatback will lower rearward. Operate aswitch other than a lumbar supportadjustment switch to adjust the seatposition.

Rear Seat

WARNINGMake sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:

Not securing cargo while driving isdangerous as it could move or becrushed during sudden braking or acollision and cause injury.

Do not allow anyone to sit on thecenter console between the rear seats:

Allowing someone to sit on the rearcenter console between the rear seatsis dangerous. The rear center consoleis not designed for occupant seating.During a collision, occupants notwearing a seat belt could be thrownfrom the vehicle and seriously injuredor even killed.


Seats

2-11


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (24,1)

Seat Warmerí

The front seats are electrically heated. Theignition must be in the ON position.

Press the switch to turn the seat warmeron or off. When the switch is in the ONposition, the indicator light will come on.

WARNINGØ Be careful when using the seat

warmer. The heat from the seatwarmer may be too hot for somepeople, as indicated below, andcould cause a low-temperatureburn.Ø Infants, small babies, elderly

people, and physicallychallenged people

Ø People with delicate skinØ People who are excessively

fatiguedØ People who have taken sleep-

inducing medicine such assleeping pills or cold medicine

Ø Do not use the seat warmer withanything having high moisture-retention ability such as a blanketor cushion on the seat. The seatmay be heated excessively andcause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not use the seat warmer evenwhen taking a short nap in thevehicle. The seat may be heatedexcessively and cause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not place heavy objects withsharp projections on the seat, orinsert needles or pins into it. Thiscould cause the seat to becomeexcessively heated and result ininjury from a minor burn.

CAUTIONDo not use organic solvents such asbenzene or gasoline to clean the seat.It may damage the seat surface andthe heater.

2-12


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (25,1)

NOTEUse the seat warmer when the engine isrunning, and do not continue to use it for along period.The temperature of the seat warmer cannot beadjusted because the temperature of the seat iscontrolled by the thermostat.


Seats

2-13


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (26,1)

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.

All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the waywhen not in use.

The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only anemergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during acollision.

However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in twomodes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the frontpassenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and makesure any child-restraint system is secured properly.

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:

Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrownout of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the samecollision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the beltwebbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequateprotection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat beltsystems in use during an accident before they are used again.

2-14


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (27,1)

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter hasbeen expended:

One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) mayalso deploy at the same time. While it is safer to use a crash-used seat belt that wasused in an accident than no seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expendedpretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. Like the airbags, the seat belt pretensioners will only function once. After they are expended,they will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the seat beltpretensioners are not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase. Alwayshave an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bagsafter any collision. Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replacedafter any collision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the load limiter willonly limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have thefront seat belts inspected.

Make sure the seat belt is not caught or pinched in the door:Wearing a seat belt that is caught or pinched in the door is dangerous. The seat beltcould become loose and not provide adequate protection in a sudden stop orcollision.

Make sure nothing is placed on the seat belt slide bar:Placing your foot or other objects such as an umbrella on the seat belt slide bar isdangerous. The front seat belt is built into the rear door, and the lower part of theseat belt slides forward or backward along the seat belt slide bar as the rear dooropens or closes. If the seat belt slider is blocked, the seat belt could be improperlypositioned and would provide little or no protection in a collision.

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keepthem clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning theLap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-48).


Seat Belt Systems

2-15


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (28,1)

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling itout slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out againslowly.

qAutomatic Locking Mode

Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting toan unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It willretract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on childrestraint (page 2-25).

2-16


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (29,1)

Location of Seat Belt

For rear seat

For front seat

WARNINGDo not use a front seat belt while seated in a rear seat:

Using a front seat belt, which is stored in the rear door, is dangerous as the seat beltcannot function at its full capacity during sudden braking or in a collision, whichcould result in serious, injury or death. In addition, using the seat belt in this mannercould damage the rear seat belt buckle.


Seat Belt Systems

2-17


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (30,1)

Seat Belt

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Belt

Tongue

3. Insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear a click.

Tongue

Buckle

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Too high

Take up slack Keep low on hip bone

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

2-18


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (31,1)

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the buckle. If thebelt does not fully retract, pull it out andcheck for kinks or twists. Then make sureit remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Front Seat Belt Pretensionerand Load Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andfront passenger seat belts are equippedwith pretensioner and load limitingsystems. For both these systems to workproperly you must wear the seat beltproperly.

Pretensioners:In moderate or severe frontal or near-frontal accidents, the front air bag andpretensioner systems deploysimultaneously. The front seat beltretractors remove slack quickly as the airbags are expanding.In addition, the pretensioner system forthe front passenger, like the frontpassenger air bag, is designed to onlydeploy in accordance with the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat. Anytime the air bags and seat beltpretensioners have fired they must bereplaced. For details, refer to the frontpassenger seat weight sensors (page 2-44).

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have not fired,the load limiting function must bechecked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.


Seat Belt Systems

2-19


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (32,1)

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:

Incorrect positioning of the driver andfront passenger seat belts isdangerous. Without properpositioning, the pretensioner andload limiting systems cannot provideadequate protection in an accidentand this could result in serious injury.For more details about wearing seatbelts, refer to “Fastening the seatbelts” (page 2-18).

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:

One or both front air bags maydeploy, and the correspondingpretensioner(s) may also deploy atthe same time. While it is safer to usea crash-used seat belt that was usedin an accident than no seat belt atall, using a seat belt with anexpended pretensioner or load limiterloaded reduces the safety available toyou. Like the air bags, the seat beltpretensioners will only function once.After they are expended, they will notfunction again and must be replacedimmediately. If the seat beltpretensioners are not replaced, therisk of injury in a collision willincrease. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the seat beltpretensioners and air bags after anycollision. Expended seat beltpretensioners and air bags must bereplaced after any collision whichcaused them to deploy. Additionally,the load limiter will only limit loadson the chest once in a collision andthis is another reason to have thefront seat belts inspected.

Do not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testing deviceson the pretensioner system:

Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperablewhich would prevent it fromactivating in an accident. Theoccupants or repairers could beseriously injured.

2-20


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (33,1)

Properly dispose of the pretensionersystem:

Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrapa pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTEl The pretensioner system will activate in a

moderate or greater frontal or near-frontalcollision. The pretensioner system for thefront passenger is designed to only deployin accordance with the total seated weighton the front passenger seat. It will notactivate in most rollovers, side or rearimpacts.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does not indicatea fire. This gas normally has no effect onoccupants, however, those with sensitiveskin may experience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of the air bagsor the front pretensioner system gets on theskin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon aspossible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position or after theengine is cranked. The warning light turnsoff after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If any ofthese occur, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible. The systemmay not work in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.


Seat Belt Systems

2-21


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (34,1)

Seat Belt ExtenderIf your seat belt is not long enough, evenwhen fully extended, a seat belt extendermay be available to you at no charge fromyour Authorized Mazda Dealer.This extender will be only for you and forthe particular vehicle and seat. Even if itplugs into other seat belts, it may not holdin the critical moment of a crash.When ordering an extender, only orderone that provides the necessary additionallength to fasten the seat belt properly.Please contact your Authorized MazdaDealer for more information.

WARNINGDo not use a seat belt extender unlessit is necessary:

Using a seat belt extender when notnecessary is dangerous. The seat beltwill be too long and not fit properly.In an accident, the seat belt will notprovide adequate protection and youcould be seriously injured. Only usethe extender when it is required tofasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:Using a seat belt extender that is foranother person or a different vehicleor seat is dangerous. The seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand the user could be seriouslyinjured in an accident. Only use theextender provided for you and for theparticular vehicle and seat. NEVERuse the extender in a different vehicleor seat.

Do not use an extender that is toolong:

Using an extender that is too long isdangerous. The seat belt will not fitproperly. In an accident, the seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand you could be seriously injured.Do not use the extender or chooseone shorter in length if the distancebetween the extender's buckle andthe center of the user's body is lessthan 15cm (6 in).

2-22


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (35,1)

NOTEWhen not in use, remove the seat belt extenderand store it in the vehicle. If the seat beltextender is left connected, the seat beltextender might get damaged as it will notretract with the rest of the seat belt and caneasily fall out of the door when not in use andbe damaged. In addition, the seat belt warninglight will not illuminate and function properly.

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

qBelt Minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate andrestore the seat belt minder.


Seat Belt Systems

2-23


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (36,1)

Driver seated/Front passenger notseated

The belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened: Unfastened: Illuminated: Flashing: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.

Driver seated/Front passenger seated

The seat belt warning function remindsthe front passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the frontpassenger seat may cause the frontpassenger seat belt warning function tooperate depending on the weight of theitem.


NOTEl To allow the front passenger seat weight

sensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that neitherthe warning light nor the warning beepoperate.

2-24


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (37,1)

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer tothe center of the vehicle.

Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the airbag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for otherchild-restraint systems.

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thefront passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the frontpassenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passengerseat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).

When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the frontpassenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children beproperly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rearseats which are the best place for children.

For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-44).


Child Restraint

2-25


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (38,1)

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:

For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from thevehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchorsfor LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in asudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bagforces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may beslammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

2-26


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (39,1)

Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unlessit is unavoidable:

In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death tothe child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passengerseat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:Vehicles equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors are also equipped with afront passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-32). Even with the frontpassenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat for children,seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under thefollowing conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deployingand could result in serious injury or death to the child.Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front

passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the child-restraint system.

Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraintsystem.

Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places forchildren. Always use seat belts and child restraints.


Child Restraint

2-27


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (40,1)

Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with sideand curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area ofthe front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge alongboth sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact ofinflation could cause serious injury or death to the child. Furthermore, leaning overor against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate theadvantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additionalside air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better locationfor children. Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window, even if thechild is seated in a child-restraint system.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle duringwarm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or yourchild touches them.

NOTEYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCHchild-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-35).

2-28


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (41,1)

Installing Child-RestraintSystems

Accident statistics reveal that a child issafer in the rear seat. The front passenger'sseat is clearly the worst choice for anychild under 12, and with rear-facing child-restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due toair bags.

Some child-restraint systems now comewith tethers and therefore must beinstalled on the seats that take tethers tobe effective. In your Mazda, tetheredchild-restraint systems can only beaccommodated in the two positions on therear seat.

Even if your vehicle is equipped withfront passenger seat weight sensors (page2-44), which automatically deactivates thefront passenger air bag, a rear seat is thesafest place for a child of any age or size.

Some child-restraint systems also employspecially designed LATCH attachments;refer to “LATCH Child-RestraintSystems” (page 2-35).

WARNINGTethered Child-Restraint Systems WorkOnly on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:

Installation of a tether equippedchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat defeats the safetydesign of the system and will result inan increased chance of serious injuryif the child-restraint system goesforward without benefit of beingtethered.Place tether equipped child-restraintsystems where there are tetheranchors.

qRear Seat Child-Restraint SystemInstallation

Follow these instructions when using achild-restraint system, unless you areattaching a LATCH-equipped child-restraint system to the rear LATCH loweranchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-35).

NOTEFollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully. If youare not sure whether you have a LATCHsystem or tether, check in the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions and followthem accordingly. Depending on the type ofchild-restraint system, it may not employ seatbelts which are in automatic locking mode.

1. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

2. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.


Child Restraint

2-29


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (42,1)

3. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Clickingfrom the retractor will be heard duringretraction if the system is in theautomatic locking mode. If the beltdoes not lock the seat down tight,repeat this step.

NOTEInspect this function before each use of thechild-restraint system. You should not be ableto pull the shoulder belt out of the retractorwhile the system is in the automatic lockingmode. When you remove the child-restraintsystem, be sure the belt fully retracts to returnthe system to emergency locking mode beforeoccupants use the seat belts.

4. If your child-restraint system requiresthe use of a tether strap, refer to themanufacturer's instructions to hook andtighten the tether strap after raising thehead restraint.

Anchor bracket location

Tether strap position

Anchor bracket

Tether strap

2-30


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (43,1)

WARNINGUse the tether and tether anchor onlyfor a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor tosecure anything but a child-restraintsystem is dangerous. This couldweaken or damage the tether ortether anchor and result in injury.

Always attach the tether strap to thecorrect tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to theincorrect tether anchor position isdangerous. In a collision, the tetherstrap could come off and loosen thechild-restraint system. If the child-restraint system moves it could resultin death or injury to the child.

qIf You Must Use the Front Seatfor Children

If you cannot put all children in the rearseat, at least put the smallest children inthe rear and be sure the largest child upfront uses the shoulder belt over theshoulder.NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat, evenwith a seat weight sensor equippedvehicle.This seat is also not set up for tetheredchild-restraint systems, put them in one ofthe rear seat positions set up with tetheranchors.Likewise the LATCH child-restraintsystem cannot be secured in the frontpassenger's seat and should be used in therear seat.Don't allow anyone to sleep against theside window if you have an optional sideand curtain air bag, it could cause seriousinjuries to an out of position occupant. Aschildren more often sleep in cars, it isbetter to put them in the rear seat. Ifinstalling the child-restraint system on thefront seat is unavoidable, follow theseinstructions when using a front-facingchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat.

NOTEl To check if your front seats have side air

bags:Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bagwill have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on theoutboard shoulder of the front seats.

l To check if your vehicle has curtain airbags:Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain airbag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” markingon the window pillars along the roof edge.


Child Restraint

2-31


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (44,1)

WARNINGAlways move the front passenger seatas far back as possible if installing afront-facing child-restraint system on itis unavoidable:

As your vehicle has front air bagsand doubly so if your vehicle has sideair bags, a front-facing child-restraint system should be put on thefront passenger seat only when it isunavoidable.Even if the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator lightilluminates, always move the seat asfar back as possible, because theforce of a deploying air bag couldcause serious injury or death to thechild.Always move the seat as far back aspossible, because the force of adeploying air bag could cause seriousinjury or death to the child.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraintsystem in the front seat with an air bagthat could deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systemson the front seat are particularlydangerous.Even in a moderate collision, thechild-restraint system can be hit by adeploying air bag and movedviolently backward resulting inserious injury or death to the child.

Do not allow a child to lean over oragainst the side window of a vehiclewith side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone tolean over or against the side window,the area of the front passenger seat,the front and rear window pillars andthe roof edge along both sides fromwhich the side and curtain air bagsdeploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. If the vehicle isequipped with side and curtain airbags, the impact of inflation couldcause serious injury or death to thechild. Furthermore, leaning over oragainst the front door could blockthe side and curtain air bags andeliminate the advantages ofsupplemental protection. With thefront air bag and the additional sideair bag that comes out of the frontseat, the rear seat is always a betterlocation for children. Do not allow achild to lean over or against the sidewindow, even if the child is seated ina child-restraint system.

qFront Passenger's Seat Child-Restraint System Installation

1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.

2-32


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (45,1)

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

3. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Clickingfrom the retractor will be heard duringretraction if the system is in automaticlocking mode. If the belt does not lockthe seat down tight, repeat the previousstep and also this one.

NOTEl Inspect this function before each use of the

child-restraint system. You should not beable to pull the shoulder belt out of theretractor while the system is in theautomatic locking mode. When you removethe child-restraint system, be sure the beltfully retracts to return the system toemergency locking mode before occupantsuse the seat belts.

l Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraintsystem, it may not employ seat belts whichare in automatic locking mode.

5. Make sure the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesafter installing a child-restraint systemon the front passenger seat.Refer to Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light on page2-44.


Child Restraint

2-33


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (46,1)

WARNINGDo not seat a child in a child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat ifthe front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does notilluminated:

While it is always better to install anychild-restraint system on the rearseat, it is imperative that a child-restraint system ONLY be used on thefront passenger seat if thedeactivation indicator lightilluminates when the child is seatedin the child-restraint system (page2-44). Seating a child in a child-restraint system installed on the frontpassenger seat with the frontpassenger air bag deactivationindicator light not illuminated isdangerous. If this indicator light doesnot illuminate even when the totalseated weight is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb), thismeans that the front passenger frontand side air bags, and seat beltpretensioner are ready fordeployment. If an accident were todeploy an air bag, a child in a child-restraint system sitting in the frontpassenger seat could be seriouslyinjured or killed. If the indicator lightdoes not illuminate after seating achild in a child-restraint system onthe front passenger seat, seat a childin a child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

2-34


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (47,1)

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemsYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designedLATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise theseat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systemsmust also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether youmust use it to better assure your child's safety.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure theseat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child inan improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCHchild-restraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint system:

Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installingthe child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent thechild-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors andthe child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system couldmove in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are noseat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.


Child Restraint

2-35


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (48,1)

qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure (Rear Seats)

1. Expand the open seams on the rear ofthe seat bottom slightly to verify thelocations of the LATCH lower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

2. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instruction.

3. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that probablymeans it is very important to properlysecure the tether for child safety. Pleasecarefully follow the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructionswhen installing tethers.

Anchor bracket location

Tether strap position

Tether strap

Anchor bracket

2-36


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (49,1)

WARNINGUse the tether and tether anchor onlyfor a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor tosecure anything but a child-restraintsystem is dangerous. This couldweaken or damage the tether ortether anchor and result in injury.

Always attach the tether strap to thecorrect tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to theincorrect tether anchor position isdangerous. In a collision, the tetherstrap could come off and loosen thechild-restraint system. If the child-restraint system moves it could resultin death or injury to the child.


Child Restraint

2-37


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (50,1)

Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verifythe air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” locationindicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.The air bags are installed in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)l The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)

These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; Theside and curtain air bags and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during thesame type of accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protectiononly in the front seats in certain situations and the rear outside passenger positions only insame-side collisions, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enoughto activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in everystate and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraintsystem (page 2-25).Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

2-38


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (51,1)

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:

Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can beexpected to inflate only in the first collision with frontal, near frontal or side forcesthat are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.

Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could behit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean againstthe door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, right-side collision. Wheneverpossible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seat with anappropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing handsor feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bagsinflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is tooclose. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. Thefront seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants shouldadjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against theseatbacks with seat belts worn properly.


SRS Air Bags

2-39


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (52,1)

Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremelydangerous. The side air bags inflate with great force and speed directly out of theoutboard side of the front seat and expand along the front door on the side the car ishit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaningagainst a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks.Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows in the vehiclecould block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages ofsupplemental protection. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sittingin the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger airbags deploy:

Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placingsomething in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interferewith air bag inflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of theseat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the sideair bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the addedprotection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that isdangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the frontseats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modulesin your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on thewindshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roofedge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with thecurtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along theroof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirectingthe air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut openreleasing the gas.Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules freeto deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event ofa side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in deathor serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to thesupplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the frontseats.

2-40


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (53,1)

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:

Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You couldget burned.

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. Theair bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.Front occupants could be seriously injured.

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collisionresulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not makeany modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized MazdaDealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of frontseats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that thebags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and frontpassenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain anundamaged air bag connection.

NOTEl When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.

Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injurieson body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and thatfamiliarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.


SRS Air Bags

2-41


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (54,1)

Supplemental Restraint System ComponentsThe supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:l The air bag system with inflators and air bags.l The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.

The air bags are mounted in the following locations:l The steering wheel hubl The front passenger dashboardl The outboard sides of the front seatbacksl The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sidesThe air bags are out of sight until activated.

Driver/Front passenger dual stage inflators and air bagsCrash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)Front seat belt pretensioners (page 2-19)Front air bag sensorSide crash sensorsAir bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-53)Side and curtain inflators and air bagsFront passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-44)Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-44)Front passenger seat weight sensor control module

2-42


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (55,1)

Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-44)Driver seat slide position sensorFront seats


SRS Air Bags

2-43


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (56,1)

How the Air Bags Work

qHow the Front Air Bags Work

When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, anelectrical current is sent to the inflators.Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bagsquickly deflate.The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not workagain and must be replaced.Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.

The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During animpact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas duringmore severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags maydiffer between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position,front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, all of which provide data from each sensorto the air bag system.

The front air bags will deploy only in a frontal or frontal offset impact.

Driver seat slide position sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensordetermines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seatposition to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is also designed to control thedeployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steeringwheel.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has apossible malfunction (page 2-53).

2-44


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (57,1)

Front passenger seat weight sensors

Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. (page 2-32). These sensors are located under both of thefront passenger seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat. The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side airbags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb).

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thesystem deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat beltpretensioner system when:

l There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)

l The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66lb). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)

This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminatesaccording to the following table.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possiblemalfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy.

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side airbags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.


SRS Air Bags

2-45


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (58,1)

If the front passenger weight sensors are working properly, the indicator light illuminateswhen the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After a specified period of time itgoes out.

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Total seated weight on thefront passenger seat

Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light

Front passenger front andside air bags

Front passenger seatbelt pretensioner

system

Empty (Not occupied)* OFF Deactivated Deactivated

Less than approx.30kg(661b)

ON Deactivated Deactivated

Approx.42 kg (931b) ormore

OFF Ready Ready

* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,however this does not indicate a malfunction.

Curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.

If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in theabove chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in anaccident.

2-46


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (59,1)

WARNINGDo not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:

When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight ofapproximately 42 kg (93 lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The frontpassenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight conditionand the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury.Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seatedweight of approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag not deploying underthe following conditions, for example:Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with the feet.Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the

front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seatbottom.

Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entireweight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatbackreclined too far.

Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.

Ø Tension in the upward direction is placed on the seat belt slide bar such as bypulling up on the seat belt.

The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66lb) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).


SRS Air Bags

2-47


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (60,1)

Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight ofapproximately 30 kg (66 lb) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensorswill detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpecteddeployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately30 kg (66 lb) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions, forexample:Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.Ø Feet or other items are placed on the seat belt slide bar.The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb) and they will reactivate when the weight exceedsapproximately 42 kg (93 lb).

CAUTIONØ To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the

sensors in the front seat bottoms:Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on

them.Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.

Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the

seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint

system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page2-32).

2-48


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (61,1)

NOTEl The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and

side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or

other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interiorchanges suddenly.

l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat changes.

l If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing achild-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Driver and front passenger buckle switches

The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts aresecurely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.

qHow the Side and Curtain Air Bags Work

When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, anelectrical current is sent to the inflators.Gases are produced to inflate the side and curtain air bags and after the inflation, the sideand curtain air bags quickly deflate. However, the side air bag system for the frontpassenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat.The side and curtain air bags will function only once. After that, the side and curtain airbags will not work again and must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer canreplace the systems.

The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.


SRS Air Bags

2-49


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (62,1)

qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation

NOTEIf the front passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the front passenger seat isless than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner may not deploy (page 2-44), but the curtain air bags may deploy.

Front air bag activation

The front air bags will inflate if theseverity of impact is above the designedthreshold level.l Hitting a solid wall straight on atgreater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).

l Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hardobject.

l Landing hard or the vehicle falling.

l Frontal impact within about a 30degree range from head-on to thevehicle.

l Driving into a big hole or hitting the farside of a hole.

Limitations to front air bag activation

Depending on the severity of impact, thefront air bags may not inflate in thefollowing cases:l Impacts involving trees or poles causesevere cosmetic damage but may nothave enough stopping force to activatethe air bag.

2-50


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (63,1)

l Frontal offset impact to the vehiclemay not provide the stopping forcenecessary for air bag deployment.

l Rear-ending or running under a truck'stail gate may not provide the stoppingforce necessary for air bag deployment.

Non-activation of front air bags

Front air bags will not normally inflate inthe following cases:l Collision from the rear.

l Impact to the side, but it may deploythe side and curtain air bags.

l Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the sideand curtain air bags but not the front airbags.

Side and curtain air bag activation

The severity of impact above the designedthreshold level to one side of the vehicle(driver or passenger side areas) will causethe side and curtain air bags on that sideto inflate, but it will not normally deploythe front air bags.

Limitations to side and curtain air bagactivation

Depending on the severity of impact, theside and curtain air bags may not inflate inthe following cases:l Frontal offset impact may not provideenough side impact to deploy the sideand curtain air bags.


SRS Air Bags

2-51


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (64,1)

l Side impacts involving trees or polescan cause severe cosmetic damage butmay not have enough impact force toactivate the side and curtain air bags.

l Vehicle roll-over may not provideenough side force to deploy the sideand curtain air bags.

l Side impacts with two-wheeledvehicles may not provide enough forceto deploy the side and curtain air bags.

Non-activation of side and curtain airbag

The side and curtain air bags will notnormally inflate in the following cases:l Collision from the rear.

l Collision from the front, but it maydeploy the front air bags.

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bagsystems are monitored by a diagnosticsystem:

l SAS unitl Front air bag sensorl Air bag modulesl Side crash sensorsl Air bag/Front seat belt pretensionersystem warning light

l Front seat belt pretensionersl Front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light

l Related wiringl Driver seat slide position sensorl Front passenger seat weight sensorsl Driver and front passenger seat beltbuckle switches

2-52


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (65,1)

The diagnostic module continuouslymonitors the system's readiness. Thisbegins when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position and continues whilethe vehicle is being driven.






qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regularmaintenance. But if any of the followingoccurs, take your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible:l The air bag system warning lightflashes.

l The air bag system warning lightremains illuminated.

l The air bag system warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position.

l The air bags have deployed.l Front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position or does not illuminateas indicated in the chart. For moredetails about this indicator light andthis chart, refer to “Front passengerseat weight sensors” (page 2-44).


SRS Air Bags

2-53


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (66,1)

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damagedair bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:

Expended or damaged air bag/seatbelt pretensioner system componentsmust be replaced after any collisionwhich caused them to deploy ordamage them. Only a trainedAuthorized Mazda Dealer can fullyevaluate these systems to see thatthey will work in any subsequentaccident. Driving with an expendedor damaged air bag or pretensionerunit will not afford you the necessaryprotection in the event of anysubsequent accident which couldresult in serious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such asthe front seats, front dashboard, thesteering wheel or parts on the frontand rear window pillars and alongthe roof edge, containing air bagparts or sensors is dangerous. Theseparts contain essential air bagcomponents. The air bag couldaccidentally activate and causeserious injuries. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer removethese parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or avehicle with live air bags in it can beextremely dangerous. Unless allsafety procedures are followed, injurycan result. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of an airbag or how to scrap an air bagequipped vehicle.

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the componentsor wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate aperson with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, contactan Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to“Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)” (page 9-2).

2-54


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (67,1)

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2Advanced Keysí ...................................................................... 3-2Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-14Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-16Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-17Setting Change (Function Customization) .............................. 3-19When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-20

Doors and Locks ......................................................................... 3-21Keys (without Advanced Key) ................................................ 3-21Keyless Entry System (with Retractable Type Key) ............... 3-22Door Locks ............................................................................. 3-27Trunk Lid ................................................................................ 3-32Inside Trunk Release Lever ..................................................... 3-34Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-35Rear Quarter Windows ............................................................ 3-41Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-42Hood ....................................................................................... 3-43Moonroofí ............................................................................. 3-44

Security System ........................................................................... 3-47Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) ............................. 3-47Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................ 3-49Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-52

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-54Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-54Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-54

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (68,1)

Advanced Keysí

The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables thefollowing operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).l Locking/unlocking the doors, and opening the trunk lid, without operating the key.l Starting the engine without operating the key.The advanced key enables additional functions other than those with the advanced keylessfunctions (page 3-14).l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry systemfrom a distance (Lock/Unlock/Trunk/Panic button):l Locking/unlocking the doors.l Opening the trunk lid.l Turning on the alarm.

l Locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk lid, or starting the engine using theauxiliary key.

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place whereyour children will not find or play with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someonebeing badly injured or even killed. These new kinds of keys are fascinating tochildren. They could play with power windows or other controls, or even make thevehicle move.

Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such aspacemakers:

Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask themedical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from theadvanced key will affect the equipment.

NOTEl The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.l Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-47) for information regarding keys and engine starting.l (With theft-deterrent system)

Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-52) for information regarding keys and the prevention ofvehicle and vehicle contents theft.

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (69,1)

Panic button Trunk button

Key code number plate

Operation indicator light

Unlock button

Lock button Auxiliary key

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store itin a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.

Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not inthe vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.

CAUTIONØ Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function

correctly under the following conditions:Ø The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular

phones.Ø The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.Ø The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers.Ø Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.Ø There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.Ø If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain

gas stations.Ø The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high-

intensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices suchas televisions or personal computers.

Ø To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:Ø Drop the advanced key.Ø Get the advanced key wet.Ø Disassemble the advanced key.Ø Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the

dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.Ø Place heavy objects on the advanced key.Ø Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.Ø Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (70,1)

NOTEl Battery life is about one year. Replace the battery when the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in

the instrument cluster.Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3-18.

l Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keyscan be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (71,1)

qAdvanced Key Maintenance

CAUTIONØ Make sure the battery is installed

with the correct pole facingupward. Battery leakage couldoccur if it is not installed correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Alsobe careful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could bedamaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR2025 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

The following conditions indicate that thebattery power is low:l The KEY indicator light (green) flashesin the instrument cluster when theengine is turned off.

l The system does not operate and theoperation indicator light on thetransmitter does not flash when thebuttons are pressed.

l The system's operational range isreduced.

Replacing the battery at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer is recommended to preventdamage to the advanced key. If replacingthe battery by yourself, follow theinstruction below.

Replacing the advanced key battery

1. Pull out the auxiliary key.

2. Release the cap using a small flatheadscrewdriver, then rotate and remove thecap.

Cap

CAUTIONDo not turn the cap excessively. Thecap may be damaged.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (72,1)

3. Insert a small flathead screwdriver intothe crack and press the battery out.

4. Insert the new battery (CR2025 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing the ( ) mark on the cap.

5. Rotate and close the cap.

Cap

6. Reinsert the auxiliary key.

qService

If you have a problem with the advancedkeyless functions, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your advanced key is lost or stolen,bring all remaining advanced keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen advanced keyinoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (73,1)

Operation Using AdvancedKeyless Functions

qOperational Range

The system operates only when the driveris in the vehicle or within operationalrange while the advanced key is beingcarried.

NOTEWhen the battery power is low, or in placeswhere there are high-intensity radio waves ornoise, the operational range may becomenarrower or the system may not operate.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The operational range for locking/unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80cm (2.6 ft) from the center of the frontdoor handles.

Exterior transmitter

Operational range

NOTEThe system may not operate if you are tooclose to the windows, door handles.

Opening the trunk lid

The operational range for opening thetrunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm (2.6 ft)from the center of the trunk lid.

Exterior transmitter

Operational range

Starting the engine

The operational range for starting theengine includes nearly the entire cabinarea.

Interior transmitter

Operational range

Knowing Your Mazda


3-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (74,1)

NOTEl The trunk is out of the operational range,

however, starting the engine may bepossible.

l The engine may not start if the advancedkey is placed in the following areas:l Around the dashboardl In the storage compartments such as the

glove boxl On the rear parcel shelf

l Starting the engine may be possible even ifthe advanced key is outside of the vehicleand extremely close to a door and window,however, always start the engine from thedriver's seat.If the vehicle is started and the advancedkey is not in the vehicle, the vehicle will notrestart after it is shut off and the ignitionswitch is turned to the Lock position.

l If the advanced key is detected withinoperational range, the operation indicatorlight located in the instrument clusterflashes momentarily.

qLocking, Unlocking the Doorswith Request Switch

All doors can be locked/unlocked bypressing the request switch on the frontdoors while the advanced key is beingcarried.

Request switch

To lock

To lock the doors, press the requestswitch. A beep sound will be heard onceand the hazard warning lights will flashonce.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that the doors are locked.(With theft-deterrent system)l The hazard warning lights will not flash.l The hazard warning lights only flash when

the theft deterrent system is armed orturned off, refer to the theft-deterrentsystem (page 3-52).

To unlock

Driver's door request switch

To unlock the driver's door, press therequest switch. A beep sound will beheard twice and the hazard warning lightswill flash twice.To unlock all doors , press the requestswitch again within 3 seconds and twomore beep sounds will be heard.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the doors are unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)l The hazard warning lights will not flash.l The hazard warning lights only flash when


Front passenger door request switch

To unlock the doors, press the requestswitch. A beep sound will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (75,1)

NOTEl Confirm that all doors are securely locked.l All doors cannot be locked when any door

is open.l A beep sound is heard for confirmation

when the doors are locked/unlocked usingthe request switch. If your prefer, the beepsound can be turned off (page 3-19).

l The setting can be changed so that thedoors are locked automatically withoutpressing the request switch (page 3-19).(Auto-lock function)A beep sound is heard when all doors areclosed while the advanced key is beingcarried. All doors are locked automaticallyafter about 3 seconds when the advancedkey is out of the operational range. Also,the hazard warning lights flash once. (Evenif the driver is in the operational range, alldoors are locked automatically after about30 seconds.)If you are out of the operational rangebefore the doors are completely closed, theauto-lock function will not work. Alwaysmake sure that all doors are closed andlocked before leaving the vehicle.

l (Auto re-lock function)After unlocking all doors by pressing therequest switch, all doors will automaticallylock and the hazard warning light will flashif any of the following operations are notperformed within about 30 seconds.l A door is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the

ignition switch.l The start knob is pushed.

qOpening the Trunk Lid withRequest Switch

The trunk lid can be opened by pressingthe request switch on the under side of thetrunk lid above the license plate while theadvanced key is being carried.

Request switch

NOTEIf the advanced key is left in the trunk, thetrunk lid will close, however, the trunk lid canbe opened using the request switch and thevehicle could be stolen.

qStarting the Engine

Ignition switch positions

As there is no a traditional key, some ofthe ignition switch functions are different.

Start knob

Knowing Your Mazda


3-9


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (76,1)

LOCK (Released)

The steering wheel locks to help protectagainst theft.

LOCK (Depressed)

The ignition switch can be turned to theACC position when the KEY indicatorlight (green) illuminates in the instrumentcluster.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key or start knob to LOCKposition, set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission:

It is important to place the key orstart knob in the LOCK position evenif you are not removing the key fromthe ignition or leaving the vehicle.Leaving the key in other positionswill disable some of the vehiclesecurity systems and run the batterydown.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand shifting the shift lever to P withan automatic transmission, or to 1 orR with a manual transmission isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

NOTEl If turning the ignition switch is difficult,

jiggle the steering wheel from side to side.l (Automatic transmission)

The ignition switch cannot be turned fromthe ACC position to the LOCK positionwhen the shift lever is not in P.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

NOTEThe Advanced Keyless Entry System does notfunction in the ACC position, and the doorswill not lock/unlock using the transmitter orrequest switches even if the advanced key iscarried away from the vehicle.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lights(except brakes) should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-40).

NOTEWhen the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the fuel pump motoroperating near the fuel tank can be heard. Thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the start knob;then it returns to the ON position. Thebrake warning light can be checked afterthe engine is started (page 5-40).

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (77,1)

Starting the engine

NOTEl Engine-starting is controlled by the spark

ignition system.This system meets all CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Standardrequirements regulating the impulseelectrical field strength of radio noise.

l The advanced key must be carried becausethe advanced key carries an immobilizerchip that must communicate with the enginecontrols at short range.

l When starting the engine, be sure the startknob is securely attached before trying tooperate it. If the knob becomes detachedfrom the ignition switch, re-attach it bypushing it on to the ignition switch.

1. Make sure the advanced key is beingcarried.

2. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

3. Make sure the parking brake is on.

4. Depress the brake pedal.

5. (Manual transmission)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.(Automatic transmission)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transmission)The starter will not operate if the clutch pedalis not depressed all the way.(Automatic transmission)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

6. Push the start knob slowly all the wayin.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-11


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (78,1)

7. Verify that the KEY indicator light(green) illuminates in the instrumentcluster. The KEY warning light (red)means you cannot continue to start theengine using the Advanced KeylessSystem. You may have to use theauxiliary key instead (page 3-20).

NOTEIn the following cases, the KEY warning light(red) illuminates and the engine will not start.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is out of operational

range.l The advanced key is placed in areas where

it is difficult for the system to detect thesignal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturer similar tothe advanced key is in the operationalrange.

8. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition while pushing the start knobin.

9. Turn the ignition switch from the ACCposition to the START position andhold (up to 10 seconds at a time) untilthe engine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

10. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 15 seconds.Then perform theshift operation.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather (below 0°C

(32°F)) or after the vehicle has not beendriven in several days, let the engine warmup without operating the accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

l The display of the variable red zone in thetachometer changes according to thetemperature of the engine coolant. Toprotect the engine, when the engine coolanttemperature is low, the engine does not runat high speeds. The fuel supply will be cutat an rpm lower than the red zone.Refer to Tachometer on page 5-37.

l If the engine does not start the first time,refer to Starting a Flooded Engine underEmergency Starting. If the engine still doesnot start, have your vehicle inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-18).

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (79,1)

Turning off the engine

NOTEFor improved engine starting performance thenext time you start the engine after onlydriving the vehicle a short distance, turn offthe engine after 1 or more of the variable redzone lamps in the tachometer have turned off.

1. Move the shift lever to the P position(Automatic transmission).

2. Turn the ignition switch from the ONposition to the ACC position.

NOTEWhen the engine is turned off and the ignitionswitch it turned from the ACC position to theLOCK position, the KEY indicator light(green) flashes in the instrument cluster forabout 30 seconds if the battery power of theadvanced key is low. Replace the battery with anew one.Refer to Battery Replacement (page 3-6).

3. Push in the start knob from the ACCposition and turn it to the LOCKposition.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position.

NOTEl When turning the ignition switch to the

LOCK position, the ignition switch has tobe pushed in from the ACC position andturned. Without being pushed in, theignition switch stops at the ACC positionand the vehicle battery may be dischargedif the ignition switch is left in the ACCposition. When leaving the vehicle, makesure the ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position.

l If the vehicle is left with the ignition switchnot in the LOCK position, a beep sound isheard and the indicator light flashes tonotify the driver.Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-17).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-13


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (80,1)

Operation Using AdvancedKey Functions

qKeyless Entry System

This system uses the more traditional keybuttons to remotely lock and unlock thedoors and opens the trunk lid, and opensthe power windows.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when theignition switch is not in the LOCK positionor the start knob is pushed in.

l With the start knob installed in the LOCKposition, the system is fully operational. Ifthe ignition switch is not in the LOCKposition or the start knob is pushed in, thesystem does not operate.

l All doors cannot be locked by pressing thelock button while any door is open. Thehazard warning lights will also not flash.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operational rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-5).

Transmitter

Panic button

Unlock button

Lock button

Trunk button

NOTEl (U.S.A.)

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

l (CANADA)This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry CANADA. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

NOTEThe unlock button can be used to open thepower windows. Refer to Opening the PowerWindows from Outside (page 3-38).

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors, press the lock button. Abeep sound will be heard once and thehazard warning lights will flash once.

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (81,1)

To confirm that all doors have beenlocked, press the lock button again within5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,the horn will sound.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that all doors are locked.(With theft-deterrent system)l The hazard warning lights will not flash.l The hazard warning lights only flash when


NOTEl All doors cannot be locked when any door

is open.l Confirm that all doors are locked visually

or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button. A beep will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

To unlock all doors , press the unlockbutton again within 3 seconds and twomore beep sounds will be heard.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that all doors are unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)l The hazard warning lights will not flash.l The hazard warning lights only flash when


NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, all doorswill automatically lock if one of the doors isnot opened within about 30 seconds.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press the trunk buttonfor more than 1 second.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooris open or closed.

(Turning on the alarm)Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

NOTEHowever, if the driver is too close to thevehicle the panic button may not function.

(Turning off the alarm)The alarm stops by pressing any button onthe transmitter.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-15


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (82,1)

qAuxiliary Key Function

Use the auxiliary key stored in theadvanced key in the event of a deadtransmitter battery or malfunction.

Removing the auxiliary key

Pull out the auxiliary key from theadvanced key.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The doors can be locked/unlocked usingthe auxiliary key, refer to Locking,Unlocking with Key (page 3-27).

Opening the trunk lid

The trunk lid can be opened using theauxiliary key, refer to Opening andClosing the Trunk Lid (page 3-32).

Starting the engine

The engine can be started with theauxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch(page 5-2).

Locking, unlocking the glove box

The glove box can be locked/unlockedusing the auxiliary key, refer to GloveBox (page 6-84).

Advanced Key SuspendFunction

If one key is left in the vehicle or trunkand the second key is used to lock thevehicle, the functions of the advanced keyleft in the vehicle or the trunk aretemporarily suspended to prevent theft ofthe vehicle.The following are inoperable:l Starting the engine using the startknob.

l Operating the request switches.To restore these functions, perform anyone of the following:l Press the lock or unlock button on theadvanced key which has had itsfunctions suspended.

l While carrying another advanced key,push in the start knob until the KEYindicator light (green) in the instrumentcluster illuminates.

l Insert the auxiliary key and turn theignition switch to the ON position.

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (83,1)

Warning and Beep Sounds

qSystem Malfunction Warning Light

If any malfunction occurs in the advancedkeyless function, the KEY warning light(red) in the instrument cluster illuminatescontinuously.

CAUTIONIf the KEY warning light (red) remainsilluminated, do not continue to drivethe vehicle with the advanced keylessfunction. Park the vehicle in a safeplace and use the auxiliary key tocontinue driving the vehicle. Have thevehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).

qStart Knob Not in LOCKWarning Beep

If the start knob is in the ACC positionand the driver's door is opened, acontinuous beep sound will be heard tonotify the driver that the start knob has notbeen returned to the LOCK position. Inthis case, the keyless entry system doesnot operate, the car cannot be locked, andthe battery will run down.

qAdvanced Key Removed fromVehicle Warning Beep

Under the following conditions, a beepsound will be heard and the KEY warninglight (red) will flash continuously whenthe start knob has not been returned to theLOCK position to notify the driver thatthe advanced key has been removed. TheKEY warning light (red) will stop flashingwhen the advanced key is back inside thevehicle:l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position, the driver's door isopen, and the advanced key is removedfrom the vehicle. (A beep sound will beheard three times.)However the beep sound will be heardcontinuously when the start knob is inthe ACC position and the door is opendue to the activation of the warningbeep sound indicating that the startknob is not in the LOCK position.

l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position and all the doorsare closed after removing the advancedkey from the vehicle. (A beep soundwill be heard six times.)

NOTEBecause the advanced key utilizes low-intensityradio waves, the Advanced Key Removed FromVehicle Warning may activate if the advancedkey is carried together with a metal object or itis placed in a poor signal reception area.

qRequest Switch InoperableWarning Beep

If the request switch for a front door ispressed under the following conditionswhile the advanced key is being carried, abeep will be heard 6 times to indicate thatthe front doors cannot be locked.l A door is open (door ajar included).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-17


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (84,1)

l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position.

l The auxiliary key is inserted into theignition switch.

qAdvanced Key Battery DeadWarning

When the start knob is returned to theACC or LOCK position from the ONposition, the KEY indicator light (green)flashes for approximately 30 secondsindicating that the remaining batterypower is low. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance(page 3-5).

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Setting Change (page 3-19).

qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning

Under the following conditions, the KEYwarning light (red) flashes to inform thedriver that the start knob will not rotate tothe ACC position even if it is pushed infrom the LOCK position.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not withinoperational range.

l The advanced key is placed in areaswhere it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

qAdvanced Key Left-in-trunkWarning Beep

If the advanced key is left in the trunkcompartment with all doors locked andthe trunk lid closed, a beep sound is heardfor about 10 seconds to remind the driverthe advanced key has been left in thetrunk compartment. If this happens, openthe trunk lid by pressing the requestswitch and remove the advanced key. Anadvanced key removed from the trunkmay not function because its functionsmay have been temporarily suspended. Torestore the advanced key function,perform the applicable procedure (page3-16).

qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicleWarning Beep

If an advanced key is left in the vehiclecabin and all doors are locked using aseparate advanced key, a beep sound isheard for about 10 seconds to remind thedriver that the advanced key has been leftin the vehicle cabin. If this happens, thedoors lock but the functions of theadvanced key left in the vehicle cabinmay be temporarily suspended. Performthe following procedure to restore thefunctions of the advanced key (page3-16).

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (85,1)

Setting Change (Function Customization)The following function settings are possible. These settings can only be changed by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Setting Function At Initial SettingAfter Setting

Change

Advanced key batterydead indicator

KEY indicator light (green) flashes to indicatethat the advanced key battery power is low.

Activated Deactivated

Lock/unlock operationconfirmation beepsound*1

A beep sound is heard to confirm that all doors orthe trunk lid have been locked/unlocked. Activated Deactivated

Autolock function*2

When all doors are closed and the advanced keyis being carried and out of operational range, allthe doors automatically lock after 3 seconds.(Even if the driver is in the operational range, alldoors are locked automatically after about 30 sec-onds.)

Deactivated Activated

*1: When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.*2: When Autolock function is enabled, windows will not automatically close. You must close before leaving

vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-19


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (86,1)

When Warning Indicator/Beep is ActivatedUnder the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light inthe instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of theadvanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-17).

Warning How to check

When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will beheard.

Check whether the start knob has been returned to theLOCK position.

When a door is open, three beep sounds are heard, andthe KEY warning light (red) in the instrument clusterflashes.

Check whether the advanced key has been removedfrom the vehicle.

When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard six times,and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrumentcluster flashes.

Check whether the advanced key has been removedfrom the vehicle.

When locking the doors or closing the trunk, the chimesounds for about ten seconds.

Check whether the advanced key has been left in thevehicle or the trunk.

When attempting to lock the doors by pressing therequest switch on the front doors, a beep sound is heardsix times.

Check whether the start knob has been returned to theLOCK position.

Check whether a door is open.

When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in theinstrument cluster.

The advanced key battery power is low. Replace thebattery with a new one.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.

When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminatedin the instrument cluster.

The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle ina safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continuedriving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (87,1)

Keys (without Advanced Key)

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEl Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-49) for

information regarding keys and enginestarting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-52)for information regarding keys and theprevention of vehicle and vehicle contentstheft.

The keys operate all locks.

Key code number plate

Retractable type key

A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.

NOTEl Write down the code number and keep it in

a separate safe and convenient place, butnot in the vehicle.If your key is lost, consult your AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have your code numberready.

l Some types of key chains cannot beattached to the retractable type key. In thiscase, use the key ring provided with thetransmitter which has the key code numberplate attached.

Key ring

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-21


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (88,1)

Key extend/retract method (Retractabletype key)

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry System (withRetractable Type Key)

This system remotely locks and unlocksthe doors and opens the trunk lid, andopens the power windows.It can also help you signal for attention.Operating the theft-deterrent system withthe keyless entry system transmitter isalso possible on theft-deterrent system-equipped vehicles.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter,do not:Ø Drop the transmitter.Ø Get the transmitter wet.Ø Disassemble the transmitter.Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind

of magnetic field.Ø Expose the transmitter to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (89,1)

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system doesn't operate when the key isin the ignition switch.

l Doors can be locked by pressing the lockbutton while any other door is open.However, the hazard warning lights will notflash and the horn will not sound.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operation rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-25).

l Additional transmitters can be obtained atan Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3transmitters can be used with the keylessentry system per vehicle. Bring alltransmitters to an Authorized MazdaDealer when additional transmitters arerequired.

qTransmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button


NOTEl (U.S.A.)



NOTEThe unlock button can be used to open thepower windows. Refer to Opening the PowerWindows from Outside (page 3-38).

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors, press the lock buttonand the hazard warning lights will flashonce.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-23


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (90,1)

To confirm that all doors have beenlocked, press the lock button again within5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,the horn will sound.

NOTEl Pressing the transmitter lock button to lock

the doors while any door is open does notsound the horn.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors are locked.

l (With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash whenthe theft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash ifthe theft deterrent system is locked beforebeing properly armed.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-52.

NOTEl All doors cannot be locked when the key is

in the ignition switch.l Confirm that all doors are locked visually

or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button and the hazard warninglights will flash twice.

To unlock all doors, press the unlockbutton again within 5 seconds.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that all doors are unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash when thetheft deterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash if thetheft deterrent system is locked before beingproperly turned off.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-52.

NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, all doorswill automatically lock if one of the doors isnot opened within about 30 seconds.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press the trunk buttonfor more than 1 second.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooris open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (91,1)

qTransmitter Maintenance

If the buttons on the transmitter areinoperable and the operation indicatorlight does not flash, the battery may bedead.Replace with a new battery before thetransmitter becomes unusable.

CAUTIONØ Install the battery with the positive

pole ( ) facing down. Batteryleakage could occur if it is notinstalled correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Alsobe careful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could bedamaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR1620 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire and/or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-21).

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver intothe slot and push the tab to remove thekey from the transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a small flathead screwdriver intothe slot and gently pry open thetransmitter.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-25


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (92,1)

4. Press the portion of the batteryindicated by A and remove the battery.

A

NOTEIf it is difficult to remove the battery bypressing with a finger, use a small flatheadscrewdriver to press out the battery.

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

7. Align the key with the transmitter asshown in the figure, and insert the keyuntil a click sound is heard.

CAUTIONInsert the key into the transmittersecurely until a click sound is heard.If it is not inserted securely, it coulddetach from the transmitter.

qService

If you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bringall remaining transmitters to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (93,1)

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:

Leaving a child or a pet unattendedin a parked vehicle is dangerous. Inhot weather, temperatures inside avehicle can become high enough tocause brain damage or even death.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. They could play with powerwindows or other controls, or evenmake the vehicle move.

Keep all doors locked when driving:Unlocked doors in a moving vehicleare dangerous. Passengers can fallout if a door is accidentally openedand can more easily be thrown out inan accident.

Always close all the windows, lock thedoors and take the key with you whenleaving your vehicle unattended:

Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, whichcould result in death. Also, a vehicleleft unlocked becomes an easy targetfor thieves and intruders.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The driver's door can be locked/unlockedwith the key.Turn the key toward the front to unlock,toward the back to lock.

Unlock

Lock

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitter (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-14).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter(with Retractable Type Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-22).

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-27


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (94,1)

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

To lock either front door from the inside,push the door-lock knob.To unlock, pull it out.

Door-lock knob

Lock

Unlock

To lock either front door with the door-lock knob from the outside, push thedoor-lock knob to the lock position andclose the door.

Door-lock knob

NOTEl (With advanced key)

The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside.

l (Without advanced key)The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside if thekey is in the ignition switch.

l When locking the doors this way, be carefulnot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

qPower Door Locks

Vehicle lock-out prevention

(With advanced key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. All doors will automaticallyunlock if they are locked using the powerdoor locks with any door open.(Without advanced key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. With the key in the ignitionswitch, all doors will automatically unlockif they are locked using the power doorlocks with any door open.

3-28

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (95,1)

Locking, unlocking with key

All doors lock automatically when thedriver's door is locked with the key. Alldoors unlock when the driver's door isunlocked and the key is held in the unlockposition for one second or longer.

Unlock

Lock

NOTEHolding the key in the unlocked position in thedriver's door lock for about a second unlocksall doors. To unlock only the driver's door,insert the key into the driver's door lock andturn the key briefly to the unlock position andthen immediately return it to the centerposition.

Locking, unlocking with door-lockswitch

All doors lock automatically when LOCKis pushed. They all unlock when theunmarked part of the door-lock switch ispushed.

Driver's door

Unlock

Lock

Passenger's door

Unlock

Lock

Locking, unlocking with request switch(with advanced key)

All doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch on the frontdoors while carrying the advanced keyoutside the vehicle, refer to OperationsUsing Advanced Keyless Functions (page3-7).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with advanced key)

All doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-14).

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-29


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (96,1)

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with retractable type key)

All doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-22).

qFreestyle Doors

The pillarless freestyle doors are front andrear-hinged for ease of ingress and egressto the rear seat.

Opening the freestyle doors

1. Open the front door first.

Front door

2. Pull the rear door handle and open therear door.

Rear door handle

CAUTIONBefore closing a front door make sureother passengers are not operating arear door and a rear passenger'shead or hands are away from therear door. If the front door is closedwhile a passenger is operating therear door handle, a hand or fingerscould be injured if the handle isforced back. Also, a rear passengercould hit their head against the doorduring access to the rear seat.

NOTEl The rear door cannot be opened while the

front door is closed.l Make sure the front seatbelt is unfastened

before the rear door is opened. The reardoor can't be opened with the front seatbeltfastened because the front seatbelt maylock.

l If any door is left open for more than aboutan hour, the front seatbelt will lock, and therear door cannot be opened. If thishappens, close all doors and open the reardoor again.

l This vehicle is not equipped with childsafety locks due to the design of the frontand rear doors. The rear doors must beclosed before the front doors, and the reardoors cannot be opened until the frontdoors are opened.

3-30

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (97,1)

Closing the freestyle doors

1. Close the rear door first, and then closethe front door.

Front door

Rear door

CAUTIONBefore closing a front door make sureother passengers are not operating arear door and a rear passenger'shead or hands are away from therear door. If the front door is closedwhile a passenger is operating therear door handle, a hand or fingerscould be injured if the handle isforced back. Also, a rear passengercould hit their head against the doorduring access to the rear seat.

NOTEThe front door cannot latch or lock while therear door is opened.

2. Make sure the freestyle doors aresecurely closed.

WARNINGMake sure the rear door is closedsecurely before closing the front door:

Driving with the doors not securelyclosed is dangerous. If the rear dooris not completely closed, the frontdoor will not be securely closed. Thiscould cause the front door to openunexpectedly while driving and mayresult in an accident.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-31


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (98,1)

Trunk Lid

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in thetrunk:

Allowing a person to ride in the trunkis dangerous. In addition, the personin the trunk could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Keep the trunk closed when driving:Exhaust gas entering the cabin of avehicle through an open trunk isdangerous. This gas contains CO(carbon monoxide), which iscolorless, odorless, and highlypoisonous. If inhaled, it can causeloss of consciousness and death.

qOpening and Closing the Trunk

WARNINGClose the trunk lid and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by locking doorsand the trunk, and keeping the keyswhere children can not play with them:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car or thetrunk unlocked.

Opening the trunk lid with the key

Insert the key into the slot and turn itclockwise.

Open

3-32

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (99,1)

Opening the trunk lid with the requestswitch (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe request switch on the trunk lid whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-14).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with retractable type key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-22).

Opening the trunk lid with the remoterelease button

Push the release button.

Closing the trunk lid

Grasp the inner handle and pull the trunklid down, then push the trunk lid downuntil it locks securely. Be careful not toslam it. Pull up on the trunk lid to makesure it is secured.

Handle

qTrunk Light

The trunk light is on when the lid is openand off when it's closed.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the trunk open for a long periodwhen the engine is not running.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-33


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (100,1)

Inside Trunk Release LeverYour vehicle is equipped with an insidetrunk release lever that provides a meansof escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside thetrunk.

No matter how careful adults might bewith keys and locking their cars, parentsshould be aware that children may betempted to play around vehicles and usethe trunk as a hiding place.

Adults are advised to familiarizethemselves with the operation andlocation of the inside trunk release leverso that all children can be told about it inan appropriate way, keeping in mind thatmost vehicles don't have such levers.

WARNINGClose the trunk lid and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by locking doorsand the trunk, and keeping the keyswhere children can not play with them:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car or thetrunk unlocked.

qOpening the Trunk Lid from theInside

Slide the inside trunk release lever in thedirection of the arrow. The lever is madeof material that will glow for hours in thedarkness of the trunk following a briefexposure to ambient light.

The inside trunk release lever is locatedon the inside of the trunk end trim.

3-34

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (101,1)

Power WindowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for the power windows tooperate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:

Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head,or even neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

Always lock the power window with thepower window lock switch on thedriver's side while children are in thevehicle, and never allow children toplay with power window switches:

Leaving the power window switchesunlocked while children are in thevehicle is dangerous. Power windowswitches that are not locked with thepower window lock switch wouldallow children to operate powerwindows unintentionally which couldresult in serious injury if a child'shands, head or neck becomes caughtby the window.

qOperating the Power Windows

NOTEl The passenger power window can be

operated with the door switch when thepower window lock switch on the driver'sdoor is in the unlocked position (page3-38).

l The passenger power window can also beoperated by the power window mastercontrol switches on the driver's door.

Driver's window

Owner master control switch

Passenger's window

l The following functions can be performedfor the power windows using the powerwindow master control switches on thedriver's door or passenger's door switch.l Manual opening/closingl Auto-opening/closingl Two-step down function

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-35


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (102,1)

Manual opening/closing

To open a power window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the power window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Driver's window

CloseOpen

Passenger's window

Owner master control switches

OpenClose

Passenger switch

Auto-opening/closing

To fully open a power windowautomatically, press the switch completelydown.To fully close the power windowautomatically, pull the switch completelyup.

To stop the power window partway, pullor press the switch in the oppositedirection and then release it.

NOTE(POWER WINDOW RESET PROCEDURE)If the battery was disconnected during vehiclemaintenance, or for other reasons such as aswitch continues to be operated after thewindow is fully open/close, the power windowswill not fully open and close automatically.Resetting of the automatic function can beperformed using the driver's master controlswitch or the passenger door switch.The power window auto function resetprocedure can be done on one or both doorswitches. The power window auto function willonly resume on the side that has been reset.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Make sure that the power window lockswitch located on the driver's door is notdepressed.

3. Press the switch and fully open the powerwindow.

4. Pull up the switch to fully close the powerwindow and continue holding the switch forabout 2 seconds after the window fullyclosed.

5. Repeat Steps 3-4 for the passenger powerwindow.

6. Make sure that the power windows operatecorrectly using the door switches.

Two-step down function

With the power window completelyclosed, press the switch lightly and it willopen and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from thetop.If you continue to press and hold theswitch, the window will resume openingall the way.

3-36

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (103,1)

NOTEPressing the power window switch once whenthe window is fully closed will only open itabout 3 cm (1 in) to allow convenientventilation of the cabin.

Canceling the two-step down function

To cancel the two-step down function forthe power windows, carry out thefollowing procedure using the mastercontrol switches.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition and complete the followingprocedure within 5 seconds:Press the power window switch 2 timesfirmly, then pull it 2 times firmly.

Driver's window Passenger's window

Owner master control switches

2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

3. With the ignition switch in the LOCKposition, and within 40 seconds, turnthe ignition switch to the ON positionand complete the following procedurewithin 5 seconds:Press the power window switch 2 timesfirmly, then pull 2 times firmly.

NOTEl The two-step down function cannot be

canceled if the procedure is not completedwithin the specified times, or the procedureis changed along the way. To redo theprocedure, first turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK position and proceed from thebeginning.

l If you are unable to cancel the functiondespite carrying out the cancellationprocedure, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Restoring the two-step down function

With the two-step down function in thecanceled state, repeat the previousprocedure for canceling the function oneach door switch and it will be restored.

NOTEIf you are unable to restore the function despitedoing the restore procedure, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Jam-safe window

If a person's hands, head or an objectblocks the window during the manualclosing operation or the auto-closingoperation, the window will stop and openhalfway.

WARNINGMake sure nothing blocks the windowjust before it reaches the fully closedposition or while fully holding up thepower window switch:

Blocking the power window justbefore it reaches the fully closedposition or while fully holding up thepower window switch is dangerous.In this case, the jam-safe functioncannot prevent the window fromstopping. If fingers are caught,serious injuries could occur.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-37


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (104,1)

NOTEl Depending on driving conditions, a closing

power window could stop and start openingwhen the window feels a shock that issimilar to something blocking it.In the event the jam-safe function activatesand the power window cannot be closedautomatically, pull and hold the switch fullyand the window will close.

l The jam-safe window function does notoperate until the system is re-initialized.

Engine-off power window operation

The power window can be operated forabout 40 seconds after the ignition switchis turned from the ON position to theACC or LOCK position with all doorsclosed. If any door is opened, the powerwindow will be inoperable.

NOTEl For engine-off operation of the power

window, the switch must be held up firmlythroughout window closure because theauto-closing function will be inoperable.

l The two-step down function is inoperableduring engine-off operation.

qPower Window Lock Switch

With the lock switch in the unlockedposition, all power windows on each doorcan be operated.

With the lock switch in the lockedposition, only the driver's side powerwindow can be operated.

Locked position

Unlocked position

WARNINGUnless a passenger needs to operate apower window, keep the power windowlock switch in the locked position:

Unintentional power windowoperation is dangerous. A person'shands, head, or neck could be caughtby the window and result in seriousinjury.

qOpening/Closing the PowerWindows from Outside

Both power windows can be opened orclosed from outside the vehicle after thedoors are closed.The power windows may be operatedwhen the power window lock switch onthe driver's door is in the lock or unlockedposition.

3-38

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (105,1)

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:

Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head,or even neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

NOTEl The power windows cannot be opened or

closed from outside the vehicle under thefollowing condition:l A door is opened.l The key is inserted into the ignition

switch.l (With advanced key)

The start knob is in any position exceptLOCK.

l The power windows may not closecompletely. Make sure all the windows areclosed.

If the power windows cannot be closedcompletely, operate each power windowswitch from inside the vehicle. After closingthe windows from outside the vehicle, verifythat they are completely closed.

Opening

Because nobody likes getting into a veryhot car, Mazda has introduced a way toopen the both windows as you approachthe vehicle to get the air moving beforeyou get in.

WARNINGUse the auto-window function onlywhen you can see the vehicle and it isin a secure area:

Do not let children play with yourkeys. If they open the windowwithout your knowing, the openwindows are an even biggerinvitation to a thief than leaving thedoors unlocked.

The windows can be opened forventilating the cabin before getting in thevehicle.

With unlock button (Keyless entrysystem)

Press the unlock button on the transmitteronce, then press again within 1.5 secondsand hold.After the doors are unlocked, bothwindows open while the unlock button ispressed.To stop the windows while opening,release the button.If the operation is performed from thebeginning again, the windows open.Advanced key

Panic button

Unlock button

Lock button

Trunk button

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-39


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (106,1)

Retractable type key

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button


NOTEl The unlock button does not operate unless

it is pressed twice sequentially.l The lock button cannot be used to close the

power windows.

With key

1. Insert the key in the driver's door keycylinder.

2. Turn the key toward the front and holdit. After the doors are unlocked, thewindows fully open automatically.

Open

To stop this operation, turn the key to thecenter position, then turn it toward thefront again.

NOTEThe window opening operation also can bestopped by turning the key toward the back.However, the doors will lock.

Closing

The windows can be closed in case theyare left open after getting out of thevehicle.

NOTE(With advanced key)If the auto-lock function (page 3-8) has beenactivated, the doors automatically lock as youwalk away from the vehicle, however, thepower windows cannot be closed. Whenleaving the vehicle, close the windows usingthe power window switch inside the vehicle,the key, or a request switch.

With key

1. Insert the key in the driver's door keycylinder.

2. Turn the key toward the back and holdit. After the doors are locked, thewindows close as long as the key isturned.

Close

With request switch on the driver'sdoor (Advanced key)

1. If the doors are locked, unlock them.

3-40

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (107,1)

2. Press and hold the request switch onthe driver's door. After the doors arelocked, the windows close as long asthe request switch is pressed.

Request switch

To stop the windows from closing, releasethe request switch. If the operation isperformed from the beginning again, thewindows close.

Rear Quarter WindowsOpen or close a swing-out rear quarterwindow by releasing the latch and movingthe window.

NOTEWhen parked in public areas, it is best to keepthe rear quarter windows closed for security.

qOpening a Window

Pull the latch inward and then push thewindow outward.

qClosing a Window

Pull the latch inward and then push itbackward until it snaps shut. Make surethe window is securely closed.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-41


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (108,1)

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel cap, loosen thecap slightly and wait for any hissing tostop. Then remove it:

Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illnessif ingested. Fuel spray is releasedwhen there is pressure in the fueltank and the fuel cap is removed tooquickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:

Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuelfiller cap or not using a fuel filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways use only a genuine Mazdafuel cap or an approved equivalent,available at an Authorized MazdaDealer. The wrong cap can result in aserious malfunction of the fuel andemission control systems. It may alsocause the check engine light in theinstrument cluster to illuminate.

qFuel-Filler Lid

To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lidrelease.

Remote fuel-filler lid release

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn itcounterclockwise.

To close the fuel-filler cap, turn itclockwise until two or more clicks areheard.

Open

Close

3-42

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (109,1)

CAUTIONMake sure the fuel-filler cap istightened securely. The check enginelight may illuminate when the capisn't tightened securely. If the lightremains on (even after you havetightened the cap securely, driven,and restarted the engine severaltimes), it may indicate a differentproblem. Contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Hood

WARNINGAlways check that the hood is closedand securely locked:

A hood that is not closed andsecurely locked is dangerous as itcould fly open while the vehicle ismoving and block the driver's visionwhich could result in a seriousaccident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the hood.

Release handle

2. Insert your hand into the hood openingand slide the hood latch lever to theright and lift the hood.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-43


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (110,1)

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea and secure it in the stay holeindicated by the arrow to hold the hoodopen.

Clip

Support rod

Pad

qClosing the Hood

WARNINGDo not leave items in the enginecompartment:

After you have finished checking ordoing servicing in the enginecompartment, do not forget andleave items such as tools or rags inthe engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the enginecompartment could cause enginedamage or a fire leading to anunexpected accident.

1. Check under the hood area to makecertain all filler caps are in place andall loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Insert the support rod in its clip whileholding up the hood. Verify that thesupport rod is secured in the clip beforeclosing the hood.

3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.

Moonroofí

The moonroof can be opened or closedelectrically only when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

Tilt switch

Slide switch

WARNINGDo not let passengers stand up orextend part of the body through theopen moonroof while the vehicle ismoving:

Extending the head, arms, or otherparts of the body through themoonroof is dangerous. The head orarms could hit something while thevehicle is moving. This could causeserious injury or death.

Make sure the opening is clear beforeclosing the moonroof:

A closing moonroof is dangerous. Thehands, head, or even neck of aperson―especially a child― couldbe caught in it as it closes, causingserious injury or even death.

NOTEAfter washing your Mazda or after it rains,wipe the water off the moonroof beforeoperating it to avoid water penetration whichcould cause rust and water damage to yourheadliner.

3-44

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (111,1)

qTilt Operation

The rear of the moonroof can be tiltedopen to provide more ventilation.

To fully tilt automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the tilt switch.To stop tilting partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the tilt or slide switch.

Close

Tilt up

Close

qSlide Operation

To fully open automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the slide switch.To stop sliding partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the tilt or slide switch.

CloseClose

Open

qPower Moonroof Re-set Procedure

If the battery is disconnected, themoonroof may not operate correctly. Themoonroof will not operate correctly untilit is re-set.Carry out the followingprocedure to re-set the moonroof andresume operation:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Press and hold the front of the SLIDEswitch with the moonroof closedcompletely. The moonroof lowersslightly and returns to its originalposition when the re-setting is finished.

NOTERe-set cannot be performed with the moonroofopen. Close the moonroof completely beforere-setting.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-45


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (112,1)

qSunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closedby hand.

The sunshade opens automatically whenthe moonroof is opened, but must beclosed by hand.

Sunshade

CAUTIONØ The sunshade does not tilt. To

avoid damaging the sunshade, donot push up on it.

Ø Do not close the sunshade whilethe moonroof is opening. Trying toforce the sunshade closed coulddamage it.

3-46

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (113,1)

Immobilizer System (withAdvanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with an advanced key thesystem recognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized advanced key, theengine will not start, thereby helping toprevent the theft of your vehicle.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


CAUTIONDo not allow the following whenstarting the engine with the auxiliarykey due to an advanced key deadbattery or other malfunction.Otherwise the signal from theauxiliary key will not be receivedcorrectly and the engine may notstart.Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal

objects touch the key grip.Ø Spare auxiliary keys or keys for

other vehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the auxiliary key.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

NOTEl (U.S.A.)



Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-47


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (114,1)

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON position tothe ACC or LOCK position. The securityindicator light in the instrument clusterflashes every 2 seconds until the system isdisarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe registered advanced key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and goes out.

If the engine doesn't start with the correctadvanced key, and the security indicatorlight keeps illuminating or flashing, thesystem may have a malfunction. Consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl The engine may not start and the security

indicator light may illuminate or flash if theadvanced key is placed in an area where itis difficult for the system to detect thesignal, such as on the dashboard, or in theglove box. Move the advanced key toanother place, turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK position, and then restart theengine.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper advanced key andthe engine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If the indicator light isflashing, turn the ignition switch to theACC or LOCK position and wait for awhile, then restart the engine. If it doesn'tstart after 3 or more tries, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, don'tshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If theengine is shut off while the indicator light isflashing, you won't be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, theadvanced key (including auxiliary key) areneeded. Bring all the advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

3-48

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (115,1)

qMaintenance

If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the advanced key(including auxiliary key), consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl The advanced keys (including auxiliary key)

carry a unique electronic code. For thisreason, and to assure your safety, obtaininga replacement advanced key (includingauxiliary key) requires some waiting time.They are only available through anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare advanced key in caseone is lost. If an advanced key is lost,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible.

l If you lose an advanced key (includingauxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealerwill reset the electronic codes of yourremaining advanced keys (includingauxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.Bring all the remaining advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed to it.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-49


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (116,1)

CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do notallow the following, as the enginemay not start due to the electronicsignal from the ignition key not beingtransmitted correctly.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

Ø Spare keys or keys for othervehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the key grip.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

NOTEl (U.S.A.)



qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON to the ACCposition.The security indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes every twoseconds until the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout three seconds and goes out.

3-50

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (117,1)

If the engine doesn't start with the correctignition key, and the security indicatorlight keeps illuminating or flashing, thesystem may have a malfunction. Consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl If the security indicator light comes on and

stays on when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, the engine will not start.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone, couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper key and yourengine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If it is flashing, remove theignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,then reinsert it and try starting the engineagain. If it doesn't start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, don'tshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If youshut off the engine while the light isflashing you won't be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, the keysare needed. Bring all the existing keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qMaintenance

If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl The keys carry a unique electronic code.

For this reason, and to assure your safety,obtaining replacement key requires somewaiting time. They are only availablethrough an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.If a key is lost, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If you lose a key, an Authorized MazdaDealer will reset the electronic codes ofyour remaining keys and immobilizersystem. Bring all the remaining keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed to it.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-51


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (118,1)

Theft-Deterrent Systemí

If the theft deterrent system detects aninappropriate entry into the vehicle, whichcould result in the vehicle or its contentsbeing stolen, the alarm alerts thesurrounding area of an abnormality bysounding the horn and flashing the hazardwarning lights.Refer to Operation on page 3-52.

NOTEl The theft-deterrent system operates with the

key or the keyless entry system transmitter.l (With advanced key)

The theft-deterrent system can also beoperated using the advanced keylessfunction.The system operates only when the driver isin the vehicle or within operational rangewhile the advanced key is being carried.

l The system will not function unless it isproperly armed. To properly secure thevehicle, always make sure all windows arecompletely closed and all doors and thetrunk lid are locked before leaving thevehicle. Remember to take your key andtransmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash for about 3minutes when the system is triggered byany one of the following:l Forcing open a door, the hood or thetrunk lid.

l Unlocking a door with the inside door-lock knob.

l Unlocking a door with the door lockswitch.

l Opening the hood by operating thehood release handle.

l Opening the trunk lid by operating thetrunk lid release button.

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door isunlocked or the trunk lid is opened withthe key or with the transmitter.(With advanced key)The lights and horn can also bedeactivated by pressing the request switchon a door.

NOTEIf the battery goes dead while the theft-deterrent system is armed, the horn willactivate and the hazard warning lights willflash when the battery is charged or replaced.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.(With advanced key)Turn the start knob to the LOCKposition.

2. Make sure the hood and the trunk lidare closed. Close and lock all doorsfrom the outside using the key or pressthe lock button on your keyless entrysystem transmitter.(With advanced key)Press a request switch on the doors orthe lock button on the transmitter.

(Without advanced key)The following method will also arm thetheft-deterrent system:Close the hood and the trunk lid . Pressthe area on the door-lock switchmarked “LOCK” once. Close all doors.

The hazard warning lights will flash once.

NOTELocking the doors with the inside door-lockknob will not arm the system.

3-52

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Security System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (119,1)

qTo Turn off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l Insert the key into the ignition switchand turn it to the ON position.

l (With advanced key)l Press a request switch on the doors

or the unlock button on thetransmitter.

l Turn the start knob to the ONposition.

The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that the system is turned off.

NOTEThe trunk lid can be opened with the key or thetransmitter even when the system is armed. Thealarm will not come on and the system willremain armed.

qTo Stop an Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Open the trunk lid with the key.l Press the unlock button or press andhold the trunk button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l (With advanced key)l Press a request switch on the doors.l Press the unlock button or press and

hold the trunk button on thetransmitter.

NOTEIf you have any problem with the theft-deterrent system, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle isequipped with a Theft-Deterrent System isin the glove box.

Mazda recommends that you affix it to thelower rear corner of a front door window.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-53


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (120,1)

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:

Adjusting the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qTilt Steering Wheel

To change the angle of the steering wheel,stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel releaselever under the steering column down,adjust the wheel, then push the releaselever up to lock the column.

Tilt wheel release lever

After adjusting, push the wheel up anddown to be certain it's locked beforedriving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

Mirror type

Flat type (driver's side)Flat surface mirror.Convex type (front passenger side)The mirror has single curvature on itssurface.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

Changing lanes without taking intoaccount the actual distance of thevehicle in the convex mirror isdangerous. You could have a seriousaccident. What you see in the convexmirror is closer than it appears.

Power mirror

The ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of theselector switch to choose the left orright side mirror.

3-54

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (121,1)

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Mirror switch

Selector switchOutside mirror

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby placing the selector switch in themiddle position.

Folding the mirror

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it islocked.

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:

Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

qRearview Mirror

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:

Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto center on the scene through the rearwindow.Manual day/night mirror

Auto-dimming mirror

Knowing Your Mazda


3-55


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (122,1)

NOTEFor the manual day/night mirror, perform theadjustment with the day/night lever in the dayposition.

Reducing glare from headlights

Manual day/night mirror

Push the day/night lever forward for daydriving. Pull it back to reduce glare ofheadlights from cars at the rear.

Night

Day

Day/Night lever

Auto-dimming mirror

The auto-dimming mirror automaticallyreduces glare of headlights from cars atthe rear when the ignition switch is in theON position.

Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel theautomatic dimming function. Theindicator light will turn off.To reactivate the automatic dimmingfunction, press the ON button ( ). Theindicator light will illuminate.

Indicator light OFF button

ON button

3-56

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (123,1)

NOTEl Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects

on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,light sensor sensitivity will be affected andmay not operate normally.

Light sensor

Light sensor

l For information regarding the 3 buttons( , , ) on the auto-dimmingmirror, refer to HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem (page 5-67).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-57


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (124,1)

3-58


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (125,1)

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-8Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-9Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-11Overloading ............................................................................. 4-11Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-12

Towing ......................................................................................... 4-13Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-13

4-1


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (126,1)

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)

Premium unleaded fuel 91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

This vehicle is designed to use 91[ (R+M)/2 method] (96RON) or higher gasoline for bestperformance. If 91[ (R+M)/2 method] (96RON) is not available, gasoline from 87 to 90[ (R+M)/2 method] (91 to 95RON) can be used temporarily for emergency purposes, but thiswill slightly reduce performance. Fuel with gasoline from 87 to 90[ (R+M)/2 method] (91to 95RON), driving in high temperature or low humidity conditions could cause engineknocking.Fuel with a rating lower than 87[ (R+M)/2 method] (lower than 91RON) could cause theemission control system to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking andserious engine damage.

CAUTIONØ USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will leadto deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.

Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanolby volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds thisrecommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol ofany kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than thosespecified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generallyreferred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with yourvehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such asethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may notbe covered by the Mazda warranty.l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (127,1)

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:

Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use andcould ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalystinside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition willdamage the converter and cause poor performance.Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.Ø Do not coast with the ignition switch turned off.Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments

must be made by a qualified technician.Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTEUnder U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system beforethe first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modificationmade on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTEWhile the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard from inside andoutside of the cabin interior, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checking device and it operates while the engine is off.



4-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (128,1)

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:

Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousnessand death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully openand contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Lossof consciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:

Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closedand the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, whichcontains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness oreven death could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:

Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. Theexhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (129,1)

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tires.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTEEngine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,washer fluid, and other fluid levels should beinspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed and locked?l Is the seat adjusted properly?l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?l Check all gauges.l Check all warning lights when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.


Before Starting the Engine

4-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (130,1)

Break-In PeriodNo special break-in is necessary, but a fewprecautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.l Don't race the engine.l Don't maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Don't drive constantly at full-throttle orhigh engine rpm (over 7,000 rpm) forextended periods of time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.l Avoid full-throttle starts.

Money-Saving SuggestionsHow you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save money onfuel and repairs.l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an Authorized Mazda Dealerperform inspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.l Keep the tires properly inflated.l Do not carry unnecessary weight.l Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving.

l For improved engine startingperformance the next time you start theengine after only driving the vehicle ashort distance, turn off the engine after1 or more of the variable red zonelamps in the tachometer have turnedoff.In addition, it is recommended thatshort trips be avoided to ensure that theengine reaches operating temperaturebefore turning off the engine.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.l Keep windows closed at high speeds.l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

4-6


Driving Tips


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (131,1)

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:

Stopping the engine when goingdown a hill is dangerous. This causesthe loss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may causedamage to the drivetrain. Any loss ofsteering or braking control couldcause an accident.

Hazardous Driving

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessary todownshift on slippery surfaces:

Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazards:l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and suddenmaneuvering.

l Do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) on page 5-8.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the rearwheels.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, chains,carpeting, or other nonslip materialunder the rear wheels.

NOTEUse snow chains only on the rear wheels.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (132,1)

Floor Mat

WARNINGMake sure the floor mats are hookedon the retention pins to prevent themfrom bunching up under the footpedals:

Using a floor mat that is not securedis dangerous as it will interfere withthe accelerator and brake pedaloperation, which could result in anaccident.

Do not install two floor mats, one ontop of the other, on the driver's side:

Installing two floor mats, one on topof the other, on the driver's side isdangerous as the retention pins canonly keep one floor mat from slidingforward.In using a heavy duty floor mat forwinter use always remove theoriginal floor mat.Loose floor mat(s) will interfere withthe foot pedal and could result in anaccident.

When setting a floor mat, position thefloor mat so that its eyelets and insertedover the pointed end of the retentionposts.

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at more than 56km/h (35 mph), and do not allowanyone to stand behind a wheel whenpushing the vehicle:

When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed isdangerous. The spinning tire couldoverheat and explode. This couldcause serious injuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transmission failure,and tire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from 1 (D) to R.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (133,1)

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, including tirechains, window scraper, flares, a smallshovel, jumper cables, and a small bagof sand or salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer toperform the following precautions:l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-14.

l Inspect the battery and its cables. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l For improved engine startingperformance the next time you start theengine after only driving the vehicle ashort distance, turn off the engine after1 or more of the variable red zonelamps in the tachometer have turnedoff.In addition, it is recommended thatshort trips be avoided to ensure that theengine reaches operating temperaturebefore turning off the engine.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze―but do not use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-17).

l Do not use the parking brake infreezing weather as it may freeze.Instead, shift to P with an automatictransmission and to 1 or R with amanual transmission. Block the rearwheels.

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)while driving with snow tires. Inflatesnow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)more than recommended on the tirepressure label (rear door on the driver'sside), but never more than the maximumcold-tire pressure shown on the tires.Your vehicle is originally equipped withsummer tires designed for optimumtraction on wet and dry roads. If yourvehicle is to be used on snow and icecovered roads, Mazda recommends thatyou replace the tires originally equippedon your vehicle with snow tires during thewinter months.

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tires(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all fourwheels:

Using tires different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and resultin an accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tires.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tires withsteel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page5-33).


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (134,1)

qTire Chains

Check local regulations before using tirechains.

CAUTIONØ Chains may affect handling.Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30

mph) or the chain manufacturer'srecommended limit, whichever islower.

Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, and sharp turns.

Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.Ø Do not use chains on a temporary

spare tire; it may result in damageto the vehicle and to the tire. Yourvehicle is not equipped with afactory installed temporary sparetire.

Ø Do not use chains on roads thatare free of snow or ice. The tiresand chains could be damaged.

Ø Chains may scratch or chipaluminum wheels.

NOTEl If your vehicle is equipped with the tire

pressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tirechains.

l Tire chains cannot be installed on vehicleequipped with 19-inch tires. Beforeattempting to install tire chains, the tires onthe front and rear must first be changedfrom the 19-inch size to 18-inch tires.Please consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Install the chains on the rear tires.Do not use chains on the front tires.Use only TÜV standard chains, and makesure they fit.

Installing the chains

1. Secure the chains on the rear tires astightly as possible. Always follow thechain manufacturer's instructions.

2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (135,1)

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:

Driving with wet brakes isdangerous. Increased stoppingdistance or the vehicle pulling to oneside when braking could result in aserious accident. Light braking willindicate whether the brakes havebeen affected.

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle on floodedroads as it could cause shortcircuiting of electrical/electronicparts, or engine damage or stallingfrom water absorption. If the vehiclehas been immersed in water, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Overloading

WARNINGBe careful not to overload your vehicle:

The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of your vehicle are on theMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Labelon the driver's door frame. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an accidentor vehicle damage. You can estimatethe weight of your load by weighingthe items (or people) before puttingthem in the vehicle.


Driving Tips

4-11


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (136,1)

Driving on Uneven RoadYour vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roadsor over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling onrough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.

Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving underthe following conditions:l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition anglel Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle

Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance andhandling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can bedamaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Usecare and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.

4-12


Driving Tips


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (137,1)

Trailer TowingThe Mazda RX-8 is not designed fortowing. Never tow a trailer with yourMazda RX-8.


Towing

4-13


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (138,1)

4-14


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (139,1)

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5Manual Transmission Operation ............................................. 5-10Automatic Transmission Controls ........................................... 5-13Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-20Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-21Traction Control System (TCS)í ........................................... 5-25Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)í ........................................ 5-26Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí ......................................... 5-29

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-35Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-35

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-40Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-40Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-55

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-56Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-56Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-59Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-60Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-60Headlight Washerí ................................................................. 5-64Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-65Horn ........................................................................................ 5-66Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-66HomeLink Wireless Control Systemí .................................... 5-67

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (140,1)

Ignition SwitchAuxiliary key (with advanced key)

NOTEWhen starting the engine using the advancedkey, refer to Starting the Engine (page 3-9).

When starting the engine with theauxiliary key, perform the followingprocedure.

1. Remove the auxiliary key from theadvanced key (page 3-16).

2. Make sure the start knob is in LOCKposition.

3. Remove the start knob by pulling itoutward while pressing the buttons onboth the left and right sides.

4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignitionswitch.

qIgnition Switch Positions

With advanced key

Without advanced key

LOCK

The steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

Manual transmission

To turn the key from the ACC to theLOCK position, push the key in at theACC position, then turn it to the LOCKposition.

Push the key

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (141,1)

Automatic transmission

To turn the key from the ACC to theLOCK position, the shift lever must be inthe P position.

Shift lever engaged in P (park)

WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked:

Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur. (For vehiclesequipped with the advanced key, thesteering wheel locks when the starterknob is turned to the LOCK position.)

Before leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key or start knob to LOCKposition, set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission:

Intentionally placing the key or startknob into LOCK position is muchmore important where you will notbe removing the key to leave thevehicle and because leaving it inother positions will disable some ofthe vehicle security systems and runthe battery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

NOTEIf turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steeringwheel from side to side.Leaving the key or start knob in any positionbut LOCK position also disables some of thesecurity features and may run the batterydown.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (142,1)

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lights(except brakes) should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-40).

NOTE(Gasoline engine models)When the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the fuel pump motoroperating near the fuel tank can be heard. Thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

NOTE(With headlight auto-leveling)When the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the headlight levelingmotors operating at the front of the enginecompartment can be heard. This does notindicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning light can be checked after theengine is started (page 5-40).

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

Starting the EngineNOTEEngine-starting is controlled by the sparkignition system.This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirementsregulating the impulse electrical field strengthof radio noise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.


4. (Manual transmission)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.

(Automatic transmission)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transmission)The starter will not operate if the clutch pedalis not depressed all the way.

(Automatic transmission)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

5. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold (up to 10 seconds ata time) until the engine starts.

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (143,1)

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 15 seconds. Then perform theshift operation.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather (below 0°C

(32°F)) or after the vehicle has not beendriven in several days, let the engine warmup without operating the accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

l The display of the variable red zone in thetachometer changes according to thetemperature of the engine coolant. Toprotect the engine, when the engine coolanttemperature is low, the engine does not runat high speeds. The fuel supply will be cutat an rpm lower than the red zone.Refer to Tachometer on page 5-37.

l If the engine does not start the first time,refer to Starting a Flooded Engine underEmergency Starting. If the engine still doesnot start, have your vehicle inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-18).

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

Driving Your Mazda


5-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (144,1)

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:

Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:

Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadilyapplying the brakes for longdistances is dangerous. This causesoverheated brakes, resulting inlonger stopping distances or eventotal brake failure. This could causeloss of vehicle control and a seriousaccident. Avoid continuousapplication of the brakes.

Dry brakes that have become wet bydriving very slowly and applying thebrakes lightly until brake performanceis normal:


qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key or start knob to LOCKposition, set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission:

Intentionally placing the key or startknob into LOCK position is muchmore important where you will notbe removing the key to leave thevehicle and because leaving it inother positions will disable some ofthe vehicle security systems and runthe battery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake onwill cause excessive wear of the brakelinings or pads.

NOTEFor parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving(page 4-9) regarding parking brake use.

5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (145,1)

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmlypull the parking brake lever fully upwardswith a greater amount of force than isrequired so that the vehicle holds in thestationary position.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull theparking brake lever upwards, then pressthe release button. While holding thebutton, lower the parking brake lever allthe way down to the released position.

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It turns offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder topush or that it may go closer to the floor.In either case, it will take longer to stopthe vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (page 8-16).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light goes out have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (146,1)

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If oneis about to lock up, the ABS responds byautomatically releasing and reapplyingthat wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal when the ABS operates. Don'tpump the brakes, continue to press downon the brake pedal.

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

NOTEl Braking distances may be longer on loose

surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)which usually have a hard foundation. Avehicle with a normal braking system mayrequire less distance to stop under theseconditions because the tires will build up awedge of surface layer when the wheelsskid.

l The sound of the ABS operating may beheard when starting the engine orimmediately after starting the vehicle.However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

5-8

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (147,1)

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEWhen the engine is jump-started to charge thebattery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light comes on. This is due to a weakbattery, not a malfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may turn the brake systemwarning light and the ABS warning lighton at the same time. The problem is likelyto be the electronic brake forcedistribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated at the same time isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qBrake Pad Wear Indicator

When the disc brake pads become worn,the built-in wear indicators contact thedisc plates. This causes a screeching noiseto warn that the pads should be replaced.

When you hear this noise, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

Driving Your Mazda


5-9


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (148,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with worn disc pads:

Driving with worn disc pads isdangerous. The brakes could fail andcause a serious accident. As soon asyou hear a screeching noise consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Manual TransmissionOperation

l The beep sounds to indicate engineoverrev when the tachometer needleenters the striped zone.

l The display of the variable red zone inthe tachometer changes according tothe temperature of the engine coolant.To protect the engine, when the enginecoolant temperature is low, the enginedoes not run at high speeds. The fuelsupply will be cut at an rpm lower thanthe red zone.Refer to Tachometer on page 5-37.

qManual Transmission Shift Pattern

Neutral position

The shift pattern of the transmission isconventional, as shown.

Depress the clutch pedal all the way downwhile shifting; then release it slowly.

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (149,1)

Your vehicle is equipped with a device toprevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake.Push the shift lever downward and shift toR.

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or Rposition and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:

Otherwise the vehicle could moveand cause an accident.

CAUTIONØ Keep your foot off the clutch pedal

except when shifting gears. Also,don't use the clutch to hold thevehicle on an upgrade. Riding theclutch will cause needless clutchwear and damage.

Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to acomplete stop before shifting to R.Shifting to R while the vehicle isstill moving may damage thetransmission.

NOTEIf shifting to R is difficult, shift back intoneutral, release the clutch pedal, and tryagain.

qRecommendations for Shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration, we recommendthese shift points.

Gear Vehicle speed

1 to 2 23 km/h (14 mph)

2 to 3 35 km/h (22 mph)

3 to 4 47 km/h (29 mph)

4 to 5 58 km/h (36 mph)

5 to 6 74 km/h (46 mph)

For cruising

Gear Vehicle speed

1 to 2 23 km/h (14 mph)

2 to 3 34 km/h (21 mph)

3 to 4 45 km/h (28 mph)

4 to 5 56 km/h (35 mph)

5 to 6 68 km/h (42 mph)

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (150,1)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisreduces the chance of stalling and givesbetter acceleration when you need morespeed.On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (151,1)

Automatic Transmission Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTEl The beep sounds to indicate engine overrev when the tachometer needle enters the striped zone.l The display of the variable red zone in the tachometer changes according to the temperature of the

engine coolant. To protect the engine, when the engine coolant temperature is low, the engine doesnot run at high speeds. The fuel supply will be cut at an rpm lower than the red zone.Refer to Tachometer on page 5-37.

l The gear shift-up point may move to the high rpm range temporarily while the engine is warmingup in order to shorten the warming-up period.

l This Sport AT has an option that is not included in traditional automatic transmission - giving thedriver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transmission to shift gears.Even if you intend to use the automatic transmission functions as a traditional automatic, youshould also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriategear may be retained as you change speeds. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hearthe engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-15).

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (152,1)

qTransmission Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transmission and prevents therear wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to P and setthe parking brake:

Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle isdangerous. If P fails to hold, thevehicle could move and cause anaccident.

CAUTIONØ Shifting into P, N or R while the

vehicle is moving can damageyour transmission.

Ø Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransmission.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transmission are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster than idle,do not shift from N or P into a drivinggear:

It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engineis running faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could movesuddenly, causing an accident orserious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:

Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can causetransmission damage.

NOTEApply the parking brake or depress the brakepedal before moving the shift lever from N toprevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transmission will automaticallyshift through a 6-gear sequence.Temporary use of the direct mode ispossible.

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever or steering shiftswitches.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-15).

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (153,1)

qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)automatically controls the transmissionshift points to best suit the road conditionsand driver input. This optimizes engineperformance and improves drivingcomfort. When cornering the vehicle,AAS mode will hold the transmission inthe gear the vehicle was in before enteringthe curve, allowing the vehicle to beaccelerated from the same gear afterexiting the curve.If the driver accelerates rapidly, oraccelerates and decelerates rapidly byoperating the accelerator and brake pedalfor a certain period of time while theselector lever is in the D position, AASmode could activate. When this occurs,AAS mode will maintain the transmissionin the optimum gear and the driver maysense that the transmission is not shifting,however this does not indicate anabnormality.

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTEl When the ignition switch is in the LOCK

position, the shift lever cannot be shiftedfrom P.

l To be sure the vehicle is in park, theignition key cannot be removed unless theshift lever is in P.

l (With Advanced Key)The ignition switch cannot be turned fromthe ACC to the LOCK position when theshift lever is not in P.

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transmission vehicle by operatingthe shift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the rear wheelsmuch like a manual transmission whenmore control is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

NOTEIf you change to manual shift mode when thevehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to M1.

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (154,1)

Indicators

Shift position indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator


NOTEIf the gears cannot be shifted down whendriving at higher speeds, the gear positionindicator will flash twice to signal that thegears cannot be shifted down.

Shifting

You can shift gears up and down byoperating the shift lever or the steeringshift switches.

NOTEl If the steering shift switches on both sides

(left and right) are operated simultaneously,the gear will shift once.

l The gear will not shift if:l The steering shift switch and the shift

lever are operated simultaneously.l The UP switch and DOWN switch are

operated simultaneously.

Manually Shifting up

(M1→M2→M3→M4→M5→M6)To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shiftlever back ( ) once.

To shift up to a higher gear with thesteering shift switches, tap either of theUP switches toward you once with yourfingers.

Up switches

WARNINGKeep your hands on the steering wheelrim when using fingers or thumbs onthe steering shift switches:

Putting your hands inside the rim ofthe steering wheel when using thesteering shift switches is dangerous.If the driver air bag were to deploy ina collision, your hands could beimpacted causing injury.

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (155,1)

NOTEl When driving slowly, the gears may not

shift up depending on vehicle speed.l In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up

automatically. Don't run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE. If thetachometer needle enters the RED ZONE,you may feel engine-braking because thefuel delivery will be stopped to protect theengine. However, this does not indicate anabnormality.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransmission will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Manually Shifting down

(M6→M5→M4→M3→M2→M1)To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shiftlever forward ( ) once.

To shift down to a lower gear with thesteering shift switches, press either of theDOWN switches away from you oncewith your thumb.

DOWN switches

WARNINGDo not use engine braking on slipperyroad surfaces or at high speeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Keep your hands on the steering wheelrim when using fingers or thumbs onthe steering shift switches:

Putting your hands inside the rim ofthe steering wheel when using thesteering shift switches is dangerous.If the driver air bag were to deploy ina collision, your hands could beimpacted causing injury.

Driving Your Mazda


5-17


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (156,1)

NOTEl When driving at high speeds, the gear may

not shift down depending on vehicle speed.l During deceleration, the gear may

automatically shift down depending onvehicle speed.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransmission will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Second gear fixed mode

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )while the vehicle is stopped, thetransmission is set in the second gearfixed mode. The gear is fixed in secondwhile in this mode for easier starting anddriving on slippery roads. If the shift leveris tapped back ( ) or forward ( ) whilein the second gear fixed mode, the modewill be canceled.

Shifting specification

Shifting up

If the vehicle speed is lower than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted up to a higher gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1→M2

Between 0 and 18 km/h(0 and 11 mph), depending on howmuch the accelerator pedal isdepressed.

M2→M3


M3→M4


M4→M5 43 km/h (27 mph)

M5→M6 65 km/h (41 mph)

Shifting down

If the vehicle speed is higher than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted down to a lower gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M6→M5 210 km/h (130 mph)

M5→M4 175 km/h (108 mph)

M4→M3


M3→M2


M2→M1 30 km/h (18 mph)

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced tothe following:

Gear Vehicle speed

M6→M5 60 km/h (37 mph)

M5→M4 40 km/h (24 mph)

M4→M3 26 km/h (16 mph)

M3→M2 18 km/h (11 mph)

M2→M1 12 km/h (7 mph)

NOTEThe gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gear fixedmode.

If the vehicle is kicked down at thefollowing speeds or lower, the gears shiftdown automatically:

Gear Vehicle speed

M6→M5 210 km/h (130 mph)

M6→M4 175 km/h (108 mph)

M5→M4 175 km/h (108 mph)

5-18

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (157,1)

Recommendations for shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration, we recommendthese shift points.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1 to M2 19 km/h (12 mph)





For cruising

Gear Vehicle speed






Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisgives better acceleration when you needmore speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

qDirect Mode

Direct mode can be used for temporarilyswitching gears by operating the steeringshift switch while the vehicle is beingdriven with the selector lever in the Drange.While in direct mode, the D and Mindicator lights illuminate and the gearposition in use is illuminated.Direct mode is canceled (released) underthe following conditions.l The vehicle is driven at a constantspeed.

l The needle in the tachometerapproaches the red zone.

l The vehicle is driven at a constantspeed and the accelerator pedal isheavily depressed.

l The vehicle is stopped or moving at aslow speed.


Direct mode indicator

Driving Your Mazda


5-19


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (158,1)

NOTEShifting up and down while in direct mode maynot be possible depending on the vehiclespeed. In addition, because direct mode iscanceled (released) depending on the rate ofacceleration or if the accelerator is fullydepressed, use of the manual shift mode isrecommended if you need to drive the vehiclein a particular gear for long periods.

qDriving Tips

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully. The transmission willshift to a lower gear, depending on vehiclespeed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:


2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEThe steering may feel rigid if you continuouslyattempt to steer when the vehicle is stopped ormoving extremely slowly. This has beendesigned to protect the system and doesn'tindicate a malfunction. If you don't attempt tosteer for a minute, power steering will berestored.

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and goes off when the engine isstarted.

If this light illuminates while driving, itindicates a malfunction of the powersteering system. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

5-20

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (159,1)

NOTEThe power steering system is inoperable whenthe power steering malfunction indicator lightilluminates. Steering is possible, but requiresmore physical effort.

Cruise ControlWith cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed of morethan about 30 km/h (19 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control under thefollowing conditions:

Using the cruise control under thefollowing conditions is dangerousand could result in loss of vehiclecontrol.Ø Hilly terrainØ Steep inclinesØ Heavy or unsteady trafficØ Slippery or winding roadsØ Similar restrictions that require

inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

Driving Your Mazda


5-21


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (160,1)

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ON/OFFswitch.The cruise main indicator lightilluminates.

To deactivate the system, press the switchagain.The cruise main indicator light turns off.

WARNINGKeep the ON/OFF switch off whencruise control is not in use:

Leaving the ON/OFF switch on whennot using the cruise control isdangerous as you may hit one of theother buttons and put the vehicle incruise control unexpectedly. Thiscould result in loss of vehicle control.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON/OFF switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).

3. Press down the cruise control SET/-switch and release it at the speed youwant. Release the accelerator at thesame time.

Cruise control switch

Don't continue to hold the switch. Untilyou release it, speed will continue to drop(unless you continue to accelerate) andyou'll miss the desired speed.

NOTEl On a steep grade, the vehicle may

momentarily slow down going up or speedup while going down.

l Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speeddrops below 30 km/h (19 mph) when cruiseis activated, such as when climbing a steepgrade.

5-22

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (161,1)

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

To increase speed using cruise controlswitch

Press up the cruise control RES/+ switchand hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control RES/+ switch. Multiple taps will increase yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

To increase speed using acceleratorpedal

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed.Press down the cruise control SET/-switch and release it immediately.


NOTEAccelerate if you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on. Greater speedwill not interfere with or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator to return tothe set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press down the cruise control SET/-switch and hold it. The vehicle willgradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Driving Your Mazda


5-23


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (162,1)

Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control SET/-switch. Multiple taps will decrease yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 30 km/h (19 mph)

If some other method besides the ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed (such as applying the brake pedal)and the system is still activated, the mostrecent set speed will automatically resumewhen the cruise control RES/+ switch ispressed up.If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30km/h (19 mph) and press up the cruisecontrol RES/+ switch.


qTo Cancel

To cancel the system, use one of thesemethods:l Press the ON/OFF switch.l Slightly depress the brake pedal.l Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransmission only).

l Press the CANCEL button.

The system is off when the ignition isswitched off.

NOTECruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9mph) below the preset speed (such as mayhappen when climbing a long, steep grade).

5-24

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (163,1)

Traction Control System(TCS)í

The Traction Control System (TCS)enhances traction and safety bycontrolling engine torque and braking.When the TCS detects driving wheelslippage, it lowers engine torque andoperates the brakes to prevent loss oftraction.

This means that on a slick surface, theengine adjusts automatically to provideoptimum power to the drive wheelswithout causing them to spin and losetraction.

WARNINGDo not rely on the traction controlsystem as a substitute for safe driving:

The traction control system (TCS)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

Use snow tires or tire chains and driveat reduced speeds when roads arecovered with ice and/or snow:

Driving without proper tractiondevices on snow and/or ice-coveredroads is dangerous. The tractioncontrol system (TCS) alone cannotprovide adequate traction and youcould still have an accident.

NOTETo turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch(page 5-27).

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position. If the TCS or DSC isoperating, the indicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC mayhave a malfunction and they may notoperate correctly. Take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl In addition to the indicator light flashing, a

slight lugging sound will come from theengine. This indicates that the TCS isoperating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, itwill be impossible to achieve high rpmwhen the TCS is on.

Driving Your Mazda


5-25íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (164,1)

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)í

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control side slipwhen driving on slippery surfaces, orduring sudden or evasive maneuvering,enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page5-25).

WARNINGDo not rely on the dynamic stabilitycontrol as a substitute for safe driving:

The dynamic stability control (DSC)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

CAUTIONØ The DSC may not operate correctly

unless the following are observed:Ø Use tires of the correct size

specified for your Mazda on allfour wheels.

Ø Use tires of the samemanufacturer, brand and treadpattern on all four wheels.

Ø Do not mix worn tires.Ø The DSC may not operate correctly

when tire chains are used or atemporary spare tire is installedbecause the tire diameter changes.

Ø If repair or replacement of thesteering or other surroundingequipment is necessary, have itdone at an Authorized MazdaDealer. If the center position of thesteering deviates, the DSC may notoperate correctly because there isa sensor in the steering whichdetects driving conditions.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light



5-26

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (165,1)

qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.It also comes on when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-27).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

NOTEIf the battery is disconnected or a fuse isreplaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In thiscase, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes andthe TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.To make the DSC operable, do the followingprocedure with the battery connected.


2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turnit counterclockwise fully.

3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator go off.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFFposition, then turn it to the ON positionagain.

5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator lightgoes off.

If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSCOFF indicator light remain illuminated evenafter turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qDSC OFF Switch

Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off theTCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator lightwill illuminate.

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicatorlight will go out.

Driving Your Mazda


5-27


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (166,1)

NOTEl When DSC is on and you attempt to free the

vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out offreshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of theDSC system) will activate. Depressing theaccelerator will not increase engine powerand freeing the vehicle may be difficult.When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.

l If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine isturned off, it automatically activates whenthe ignition switch is turned on.

l Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide thebest stability. When the TCS/DSC is off, theTCS/DSC does not activate but the brakeLSD (Limited Slip Differentials) functionremains.

l If the DSC OFF switch is pressed and heldfor a second or more, the TCS/DSC systemmay become inoperative due to the systemdetecting switch trouble. If the TCS/DSCsystem becomes inoperative, the TCS/DSCand the DSC OFF indicator lightsilluminate simultaneously. In this case, turnoff the engine and restart it to restore theTCS/DSC.

5-28

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (167,1)

Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via thewarning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.

The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal tothe receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTEWhen the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning lightmay illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tirepressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tirepressure gauge is recommended.

TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tiresregularly.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (168,1)

CAUTIONØ Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold

and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for thosetires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when oneor more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximatelyone minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating aproblem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation orblow out.

NOTEThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (169,1)

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again, anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (170,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-6).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may goout if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to go out. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it goes out.

l Tires can loose a little air quite naturallyover time and the TPMS cannot tell if thetires are getting too soft over time or youhave a flat. However, when you find onelow tire in a set of four - that is anindication of trouble; you should havesomeone drive the vehicle slowly forwardso you can inspect any low tire for cuts andany metal sticking through tread orsidewall. Put a few drops of water in thevalve stem to see if it bubbles indicating abad valve. Leaks need to be addressed bymore than simply refilling the trouble tire asleaks are dangerous - take it to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer which has all theequipment to fix tires, TPMS systems andorder the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (171,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture.

Vehicles with Instant Mobility System(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit

If an emergency tire repair is needed,repair the punctured tire with theemergency flat tire repair kit (page 7-5).

CAUTIONDo not use non-genuine tire sealant.It may damage the tire pressuresensor.

Vehicles with optional temporary sparetire

If you have bought the optional temporaryspare tire, replace the punctured tire withthe temporary spare tire . Refer to themanufacturer's instructions.

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qSystem Error Activation

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.A system error activation may occur inthe following cases:l When there is equipment or a devicenear the vehicle using the same radiofrequency as that of the tire pressuresensors.

l When a metallic device such as a non-genuine navigation system is equippednear the center of the dashboard, whichmay block radio signals from the tirepressure sensor to the receiver unit.

l When using the following devices inthe vehicle that may cause radiointerference with the receiver unit.l A digital device such as a personal

computer.l A current converter device such as a

DC-AC converter.l When excess snow or ice adheres tothe vehicle, especially around thewheels.

l When the tire pressure sensor batteriesare exhausted.

l When using a wheel with no tirepressure sensor installed.

l When using tires with steel wirereinforcement in the side walls.

l When using tire chains.

qTires and Wheels

CAUTIONWhen inspecting or adjusting the tireair pressures, do not apply excessiveforce to the stem part of the wheelunit. The stem part could bedamaged.

Changing tires and wheels

The following procedure allows theTPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor'sunique ID signal code whenever tires orwheels are changed, such as changing toand from winter tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-33


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (172,1)

NOTEEach tire pressure sensor has a unique IDsignal code. The signal code must beregistered with the TPMS before it can work.The easiest way to do it is to have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer change your tire andcomplete ID signal code registration.

When having tires changed at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer

Tire pressure sensor ID signal coderegistration is completed when anAuthorized Mazda Dealer changes yourvehicle's tires.

When changing tires yourself

If you or someone else changes tires, youor someone else can also undertake thesteps for the TPMS to complete the IDsignal code registration.

1. After tires have been changed, turn theignition switch to the ON position, thenturn it back to the ACC or LOCKposition.

2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

3. After about 15 minutes, drive thevehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tirepressure sensor ID signal code will beregistered automatically.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutesof changing tires, the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning light will flash because thesensor ID signal code would not have beenregistered. If this happens, park the vehicle forabout 15 minutes, after which the sensor IDsignal code will register upon driving thevehicle for 10 minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONØ When replacing/repairing the tires

or wheels or both, have the workdone by an Authorized MazdaDealer, or the tire pressure sensorsmay be damaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designed forinstallation of the tire pressuresensors. Do not use non-genuinewheels, otherwise it may not bepossible to install the tire pressuresensors.

Be sure to have the tire pressure sensorsinstalled whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.When having a tire or wheel or bothreplaced, the following types of tirepressure sensor installations are possible.l The tire pressure sensor is removedfrom the old wheel and installed to thenew one.

l The same tire pressure sensor is usedwith the same wheel. Only the tire isreplaced.

l A new tire pressure sensor is installedto a new wheel.

NOTEl The tire pressure sensor ID signal code

must be registered when a new tire pressuresensor is purchased. For purchase of a tirepressure sensor and registration of the tirepressure sensor ID signal code, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l When reinstalling a previously removed tirepressure sensor to a wheel, replace thegrommet (seal between valve body/sensorand wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.

5-34

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (173,1)

Meters and GaugesWhen the ignition switch is in the ON position, the dashboard gauges illuminate.

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-36Speed Unit Selector ........................................................................................... page 5-36Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-36Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-37Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-38Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-38

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators

5-35


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (174,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qSpeed Unit Selector

In some countries, you may have tochange the speed units between km/h andmph.Press the speed unit selector for 2 secondor more.The speed units for the speedometer willchange between km/h and mph.

Speedometer

Speed unit selector

NOTEOdometer and trip meter distance units willchange between kilometers and miles inaccordance with the speed unit.

qOdometer, Trip Meter and TripMeter Selector

The display mode can be changedbetween trip meter A and trip meter B bypressing the selector while one of them isdisplayed. The selected mode will bedisplayed.

Odometer

Trip meter

Trip meter selector

Odometer

Odometer

Trip meter A

Press the selector

Press the selector

Trip meter B

5-36

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (175,1)

NOTEWhen the ignition switch is in the ACC orLOCK position, the odometer or trip meterscannot be displayed, however, pressing theselector button can inadvertently switch thetrip meters or reset them during anapproximate ten-minute period in the followingcases:l After the ignition switch is turned to the

ACC or LOCK position from the ONposition.

l After the driver's door is opened.

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for 1 second ormore. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTEl Only the trip meters record tenths of

kilometers (miles).l The trip record will be erased when:

l The power supply is interrupted (blownfuse or the battery is disconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km(mile).

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).Automatic transmission

Variable red zonesStriped zone

Red zone

Manual transmission

Variable red zones Striped zone

Red zone

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (176,1)

CAUTIONDon't run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

NOTEl The beep sounds to indicate engine overrev

when the tachometer needle enters thestriped zone.

l The display of the variable red zone in thetachometer changes according to thetemperature of the engine coolant. Toprotect the engine, when the engine coolanttemperature is low, the engine does not runat high speeds. The fuel supply will be cutat an rpm lower than the red zone.

qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gaugeshows the temperature of the enginecoolant.

If the needle is near H, it indicatesoverheating.

CAUTIONDriving with an overheated enginecan cause serious engine damage(page 7-16).

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is remaining in the tank whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4full. When the low fuel warning lightilluminates or when the needle is near E,refuel as soon as possible.

Low fuel warning light

NOTEl After refueling, it may require some time for

the needle to stabilize. In addition, theneedle may deviate while driving on a slopeor curve since the fuel moves in the tank.

l The direction of the arrow ( ) shows thatthe fuel-filler lid is on the left side of thevehicle.

qDashboard Illumination

Rotate the thumb wheel to adjust thebrightness of the instrument cluster andother illuminations in the dashboard.

NOTEl The brightness of dashboard illuminations

(except instrument cluster) can be adjustedwhen the headlight switch is in the or

position.l The brightness of the instrument cluster

illumination can be adjusted when theheadlight switch is in any position.

5-38

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (177,1)

Bright

Dim

Canceling the illumination dimmer

When the headlight switch is in the orposition, the illumination of the

instrument cluster and the informationdisplay dims .

When driving on snowy or foggy roads,or in other situations when the instrumentcluster or information display's visibilityis reduced due to glare from surroundingbrightness, cancel the illuminationdimmer and increase the illuminationintensity.

To cancel the illumination dimmer, rotatethe thumb wheel upward fully. You mayhear a click sound and the illuminationdimmer will be canceled .

NOTEIf the dashboard illumination switch is kept atthe illumination dimmer cancel position, theinstrument cluster and the information displaywill not dim when the headlight switch isturned to the or position again.

Driving Your Mazda


5-39


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (178,1)

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-42

Charging System Warning Light 5-43

Engine Oil Level Warning Light 5-43

Engine Coolant Level Warning Light 5-44

Check Engine Light 5-45

ABS Warning Light 5-42

Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-45

Low Fuel Warning Light 5-46

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep 5-46

5-40

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (179,1)

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-47

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5-47

Automatic Transmission Warning Light 5-48

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-48

KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) 5-50

Security Indicator Light 5-51

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-52

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-52

TCS/DSC Indicator Light 5-53

DSC OFF Indicator Light 5-53

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-53

Light-On Indicator Light 5-54

Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light 5-54

Headlight Auto-Leveling Malfunction Indicator Light 5-54

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-54

Driving Your Mazda


5-41


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (180,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It turns offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder topush or that it may go closer to the floor.In either case, it will take longer to stopthe vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (page 8-16).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light goes out have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

5-42

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (181,1)

NOTEWhen the engine is jump-started to charge thebattery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light comes on. This is due to a weakbattery, not a malfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may turn the brake systemwarning light and the ABS warning lighton at the same time. The problem is likelyto be the electronic brake forcedistribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated at the same time isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDon't continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

qEngine Oil Level Warning Light

This warning light indicates a low engineoil level while the engine is running bybriefly flashing the light and then fullyilluminating it.If there is a problem with the system, thelight flashes continuously.

Driving Your Mazda


5-43


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (182,1)

NOTEWhen the engine oil level is low, the warningbeep is also heard while the engine oil levelwarning light is flashing.Refer to Engine Oil Level Warning Beep onpage 5-55.

If the light flashes and then illuminates

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and parkoff the right-of-way.

2. Turn off the engine and inspect theengine oil level (page 8-13). If it's low,add oil.

3. Check the light.

If the engine oil level warning light isilluminated and you are unable toimmediately add engine oil, do not driveat high speed, keep the engine speed lowand get to a location where oil can beadded as soon as possible. We recommendan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

If the light remains illuminated even afteryou add oil, have your vehicle checked atan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDon't run the engine if the oil level islow. It could result in extensiveengine damage.

NOTEThe Mazda RX-8 requires regular checking ofthe engine oil level. The compact, highperformance RENESIS rotary engine in yourvehicle consumes a small amount of engine oildue to its structural design. An oil pumpoptimizes the amount of oil injected tolubricate the rotor seals in the combustioncycle. Although your vehicle is equipped withan engine oil level warning light, it is best tokeep the engine oil level in the range betweenfull and low by checking the oil dipstickregularly. Mazda recommends checking the oillevel at every second fuel filling. The oilconsumption of the engine depends on enginespeed and engine load. Under extreme drivingconditions, oil consumption can be higher.

If the light flashes continuously

If the warning light continues to flash, donot drive at high speeds, drive the vehicleat low engine rpm, and have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer inspect thesystem.

NOTEIf the engine is turned off while the oil levelindicator is flashing due to a systemmalfunction, it may take a few minutes until theindicator starts flashing again after the engineis started.

qEngine Coolant Level Warning Light

This warning light indicates low enginecoolant level.

5-44

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (183,1)

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and parkoff the right-of-way.

2. Turn off the engine and inspect theengine coolant level (page 8-14). If it'slow, add engine coolant.

3. Check the light.

If the light remains illuminated even afteryou add engine coolant, have your vehicletowed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDon't run the engine if the enginecoolant level is low. It could result inextensive engine damage.

qCheck Engine Light


If this light comes on while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light came on and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

The check engine light may come on inthe following cases:l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The fuel-filler cap is missing or nottightened securely.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.




Driving Your Mazda


5-45


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (184,1)



qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel warning light

This warning light in the fuel gaugesignals that the fuel tank will soon beempty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

Belt minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate andrestore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Front passenger notseatedThe belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep


5-46

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (185,1)

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.Driver seated/Front passenger seatedThe seat belt warning function remindsthe front passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the frontpassenger seat may cause the frontpassenger seat belt warning function tooperate depending on the weight of theitem.


NOTEl To allow the front passenger seat weight

sensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that neitherthe warning light nor the warning beepoperate.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when anydoor or the trunk is not securely closed.Close the door or the trunk securelybefore driving the vehicle.

qLowWasher Fluid LevelWarning Lightí

This warning light indicates that littlewasher fluid remains. Add fluid (page8-17).

Driving Your Mazda


5-47íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (186,1)

qAutomatic Transmission WarningLight

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.The light illuminates when thetransmission has a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transmissionwarning light illuminates, thetransmission has an electricalproblem. Continuing to drive yourMazda in this condition could causedamage to your transmission.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealeras soon as possible.

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Lightí

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again, anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

5-48

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (187,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-6).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may goout if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to go out. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it goes out.

l Tires can loose a little air quite naturallyover time and the TPMS cannot tell if thetires are getting too soft over time or youhave a flat. However, when you find onelow tire in a set of four - that is anindication of trouble; you should havesomeone drive the vehicle slowly forwardso you can inspect any low tire for cuts andany metal sticking through tread orsidewall. Put a few drops of water in thevalve stem to see if it bubbles indicating abad valve. Leaks need to be addressed bymore than simply refilling the trouble tire asleaks are dangerous - take it to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer which has all theequipment to fix tires, TPMS systems andorder the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-49


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (188,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture.

Vehicles with Instant Mobility System(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit

If an emergency tire repair is needed,repair the punctured tire with theemergency flat tire repair kit (page 7-5).

CAUTIONDo not use non-genuine tire sealant.It may damage the tire pressuresensor.

Vehicles with optional temporary sparetire

If you have bought the optional temporaryspare tire, replace the punctured tire withthe temporary spare tire . Refer to themanufacturer's instructions.

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEYIndicator Light (Green) (withAdvanced Key)

This indicator has two colors.

KEY Warning Light (Red)

When illuminated

l When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, it illuminatesmomentarily and then goes out.

l If any malfunction occurs in theadvanced keyless system, it illuminatescontinuously.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the KEYwarning light illuminated:

If the KEY warning light remainsilluminated, do not continue to driveusing the advanced key system. Parkthe vehicle in a safe place and usethe auxiliary key to continue drivingthe vehicle. Have the vehicleinspected at an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

5-50

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (189,1)

When flashing

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) flashes toinform the driver that the start knobwill not rotate to the ACC positioneven if it is pushed in from the LOCKposition.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not within

operational range.l The advanced key is placed in areas

where it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) will flashcontinuously when the start knob hasnot been returned to the LOCKposition to notify the driver that theadvanced key has been removed fromthe vehicle. It will stop flashing whenthe advanced key is back inside thevehicle.l The start knob has not been returned

to the LOCK position, the driver'sdoor is open, and the advanced keyis removed from the vehicle.

l The start knob has not been returnedto the LOCK position and all thedoors are closed after removing theadvanced key from the vehicle.

NOTEThe flashing KEY warning light (red) and thebeep sound operate simultaneously (page3-20).

KEY Indicator Light (Green)

When illuminated

When the start knob is pushed in from theLOCK position, the system confirms thatthe correct advanced key is inside thevehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)illuminates, and the start knob can beturned to the ACC position (page 3-9).

When flashing

When the advanced key battery power islow, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30seconds after the start knob is turned fromthe ON position to the ACC or LOCKposition. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable (page 3-6).

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Setting Change (FunctionCustomization)(page 3-19).

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2seconds when the ignition switch is turnedfrom the ON to the ACC position and theimmobilizer system is armed.

Driving Your Mazda


5-51


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (190,1)

The light stops flashing when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.At this time, the immobilizer system isdisarmed and the light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then goes out.

If the engine doesn't start with the correctignition key, and the security indicatorlight keeps illuminating or flashing, thesystem may have a malfunction. Consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:l The high-beam headlights are on.l The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-pass position.

qShift Position Indicator Light(Automatic Transmission)

This indicates the selected shift positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.



The gear position indicator displays thegear in use while in either manual shift ordirect mode.

5-52

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (191,1)

qTCS/DSC Indicator Lightí



qDSC OFF Indicator Lightí

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.It also comes on when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-27).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

NOTEIf the battery is disconnected or a fuse isreplaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In thiscase, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes andthe TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.To make the DSC operable, do the followingprocedure with the battery connected.


2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turnit counterclockwise fully.

3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator go off.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFFposition, then turn it to the ON positionagain.

5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator lightgoes off.

If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSCOFF indicator light remain illuminated evenafter turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Driving Your Mazda


5-53íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (192,1)

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qLight-On Indicator Light

This indicator light comes on when theexterior lights and dashboard illuminationare on.

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Light


If this light illuminates while driving, itindicates a malfunction of the powersteering system. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTEThe power steering system is inoperable whenthe power steering malfunction indicator lightilluminates. Steering is possible, but requiresmore physical effort.

qHeadlight Auto-LevelingMalfunction Indicator Lightí

This indicator light stays on far a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.Thereafter, the indicator light willilluminate when the headlight auto-leveling system has a malfunction.

If the indicator light illuminates, contactan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qTurn-Signal/Hazard WarningIndicator Lights

When operating the turn signal lights, theleft or right turn signal indicator lightflashes to indicate which turn signal lightis operating (page 5-59).

When operating the hazard warninglights, both turn signal indicator lightsflash (page 5-66).

NOTEIf an indicator light remains illuminated (doesnot flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out.

5-54

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (193,1)

Beep Sounds

qSeat Belt Warning Beep

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, a beep sound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.If the driver or the front passenger's seatbelt is not fastened and the vehicle isdriven at a speed faster than about 20km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will beheard again for a specified period of time.Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep onpage 5-46.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

qLights-On Reminderí

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

NOTEWhen the advanced keyless function is usedand the start knob is in the ACC position, theStart Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep (page3-17) overrides the lights-on reminder.

qEngine Overrev Warning Beep

The beep sounds to indicate engineoverrev when the tachometer needleenters the striped zone (page 5-37).

qTire Inflation Pressure WarningBeepí

The warning beep sound will be heard forabout 3 seconds when there is anyabnormality in tire inflation pressures(page 5-29).

qAdvanced Keyless Warning (withAdvanced Key)

Warning indicators for the advanced key,such as “the advanced key removed fromvehicle warning”, use a beep sound andwarning/indicator lights in the instrumentcluster.Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds onpage 3-17.

qEngine Oil Level Warning Beep

When the engine oil level is low, theengine oil level warning light flashes andthe warning beep activates for a briefperiod. After the warning light stopsflashing and illuminates, the beeper stops.If the warning light continues to flash dueto a system malfunction, the beeper doesnot sound.Refer to Engine Oil Level Warning Lighton page 5-43.

Driving Your Mazda


5-55íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (194,1)

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

Type A (Without AUTO position)

Turn the headlight switch to turn theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination on or off.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-marker lightsDashboard illumination

Off On On

NOTETo prevent discharging the battery, do notleave the lights on while the engine is offunless safety requires them.

Type B (With AUTO position)

Turn the headlight switch to turn theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination on or off.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

Auto

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-markerlightsDashboardillumination

Off On On

NOTEl If the light switch is left on, the lights will

automatically switch off approximately 30seconds after turning the ignition switch tothe ACC or LOCK position.

l To prevent discharging the battery, do notleave the lights on while the engine is offunless safety requires them.

AUTO (Auto-light control)When the headlight switch is in theAUTO position and the ignition switch isin the ON position, the light sensor sensesthe surrounding lightness or darkness andautomatically turns on or off theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination (see chart above).

5-56

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (195,1)

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the light sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the lightsensor will not operate correctly.

Light sensor

Ø The light sensor also works as arain sensor for the auto-wipercontrol. Keep hands and scrapersclear of the windshield when theignition switch is in the ONposition as fingers could bepinched or the wipers and wiperblades damaged when the wipersactivate automatically. If you aregoing to clean the windshield, besure the wipers are turned offcompletely - this is particularlyimportant when clearing ice andsnow - when it is particularlytempting to leave the enginerunning.

NOTEl The light may not turn off immediately even

if the surrounding area becomes well-litbecause the light sensor determines that itis nighttime if the surrounding area iscontinuously dark for several minutes suchas inside long tunnels, traffic jams insidetunnels, or in indoor parking lots.In this case, the light turns off if the lightswitch is turned to the OFF position.

l The timing for turning on the headlights,other exterior lights and dashboardillumination can be delayed by adjustingthe sensitivity of the light sensor. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer regarding sensoradjustment.

l The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may bechanged by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Xenon fusion headlight bulbsí

The low-beam bulbs of the headlightshave xenon fusion bulbs that produce abright white beam over a wide area.

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

NOTEIf the headlights flicker, or the brightnessweakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and areplacement is necessary. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-57íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (196,1)

qLights-On Reminderí

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

NOTEWhen the advanced keyless function is usedand the start knob is in the ACC position, theStart Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep (page3-17) overrides the lights-on reminder.

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Push the lever forward for high beam.Pull back to original position for lowbeam.

High beam

Low beam

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytoward you. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on, and the lever will returnto the normal position when released.

qHeadlight Levelingí

The number of passengers and weight ofcargo in the luggage compartment changethe angle of the headlights.

The angle of the headlights will beautomatically adjusted when turning onthe headlights.

Headlight auto-leveling malfunctionindicator light

This indicator light stays on far a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.Thereafter, the indicator light willilluminate when the headlight auto-leveling system has a malfunction.

5-58

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (197,1)

If the indicator light illuminates, contactan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven withthe headlights on during daytimeoperation.

For that reason, the daytime running lightsautomatically turn on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position.

NOTEThe Daytime Running Lights turn off when theparking brake is applied.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

qTurn Signal

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.

Right turn

Left turn

OFF

Right lane change

Left lane change

Green indicators on the dashboard showwhich signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward thedirection of the change ―until theindicator flashes― and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

NOTEIf an indicator light stays on without flashingor if it flashes abnormally, one of the turnsignal bulbs may be burned out.

Driving Your Mazda


5-59


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (198,1)

Fog Lightsí

Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.They help you to see as well as to be seen.

To turn the fog lights on, rotate the foglight switch to the position.The headlight switch must be in theposition to turn on the fog lights.

Fog light switch

To turn them off, rotate the fog lightswitch to the OFF position or turn theheadlight switch to the or OFFposition.

NOTEl The fog lights will turn off when the

headlights are set at high beam.l (With auto-light control)

If the fog light switch is in the ON positionand the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the fog lights will be turned onwhen the headlights, the exterior lights anddashboard illumination are automaticallyturned on.

Windshield Wipers andWasher

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer fluidmixed with anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions:

Using windshield washer fluidwithout anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions isdangerous as it could freeze on thewindshield and block your visionwhich could cause an accident.In addition, make sure thewindshield is sufficiently warmedusing the defroster before sprayingthe washer fluid.

5-60

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (199,1)

NOTEBecause heavy ice and snow can jam the wiperblades, the wiper motor is protected frommotor breakdown, overheating and possiblefire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of the blades, butonly for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiper switch andpark off the right-of-way, and remove the snowand ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and theblades should operate normally. If they do notresume functioning, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive tothe side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Wait until the weather clears before tryingto drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Type A (With INT position)

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.INT ― IntermittentLO ― Low speedHI ― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, press the leverup to MIST.MIST ― Mist

Variable-speed intermittent wipers

Set the lever to INT and choose theinterval timing by rotating the ring.

OFF

INT

INT ring

Type B (With AUTO position)

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.AUTO― Auto controlLO ― Low speedHI ― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, press the leverup to MIST.MIST ― Mist

Driving Your Mazda


5-61


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (200,1)

AUTO (Auto-wiper control)When the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition, the rain sensor senses theamount of rainfall on the windshield andturns the wiper on or off automatically(off―intermittent―low speed―highspeed).

The sensitivity of the rain sensor can beadjusted by turning the switch on thewiper lever.From the center position (normal), turnthe switch towards (+) for highersensitivity (faster response) or turn theswitch towards (_) for less sensitivity(slower response).

Center position

Higher sensitivity

Less sensitivitySwitch

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the rain sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the rainsensor will not operate correctly.

Rain sensor

5-62

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (201,1)

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, thewipers may move automatically inthe following cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched.Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear ofthe windshield when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position asfingers could be pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen they activate automatically.If you are going to clean thewindshield, be sure the wipers areturned off completely - this isparticularly important whenclearing ice and snow - when it isparticularly tempting to leave theengine running.

NOTEl Switching the auto-wiper lever from the

OFF to the AUTO position while driving ata vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher(or after driving the vehicle) activates thewindshield wipers once, after which theyoperate according to the rainfall amount.

l The auto-wiper control may not operatewhen the rain sensor temperature is about_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C(185 °F) or higher.

l If the windshield is coated with waterrepellent, the rain sensor may not be able tosense the amount of rainfall correctly andauto-wiper control may not operateproperly.

l If dirt or foreign matter (e.g. ice or mattercontaining salt water) adheres to thewindshield above the rain sensor or if thewindshield is iced, it could cause the wipersto move automatically. However, if thewipers cannot remove this ice, dirt orforeign matter, the auto-wiper control willstop operation. In this case, pull the wiperlever to the low speed or high speedposition for manual operation, or removethe ice, dirt or foreign matter by hand torestore the auto-wiper operation.

Driving Your Mazda


5-63


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (202,1)

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

OFF

Washer

NOTEWith the wiper lever in the OFF or INT (TypeA)/AUTO (Type B) position, the wipers willoperate continuously until the lever isreleased.

If the washer doesn't work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-17). If it's OK, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE(With headlight washers)When the headlights are on, the headlightwashers operate automatically once every fifthtime the windshield washer operates.Refer to Headlight Washer (page 5-64).

Headlight Washerí

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition and the headlights must be turnedon.

The headlight washers operateautomatically once every fifth time thewindshield washer operates.

If you want to operate only the headlightwashers, pull the windshield wiper levertoward you twice rapidly.

OFF

Washer

NOTEWhen you pull the windshield wiper levertwice, the windshield washer may spray alittle.

5-64

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (203,1)

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears frost,fog, and thin ice from the rear window.

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster. The rear windowdefroster operates for about 15 minutesand turns off automatically.The indicator light illuminates duringoperation.

To turn off the rear window defrosterbefore the 15 minutes has elapsed, pressthe switch again.

Indicator light

CAUTIONDon't use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners with abrasives toclean the inside of the rear windowsurface. They may damage thedefroster grid inside the window.

NOTEThis defroster is not designed for melting snow.If there is an accumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using the defroster.

qMirror Defrosterí

To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn theignition switch to the ON position andpush the rear window defroster switch(page 5-65).

Driving Your Mazda


5-65íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (204,1)

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Hazard warning flasher

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

5-66

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (205,1)

HomeLink WirelessControl Systemí

NOTEHomeLink and HomeLink house are registeredtrademarks of Johnson Controls.

The HomeLink system replaces up to 3hand-held transmitters with a single built-in component in the auto-dimming mirror.Pressing the HomeLink button on theauto-dimming mirror activates garagedoors, gates and other devicessurrounding your home.

Indicator light

HomeLink button

WARNINGDo not use the HomeLink system withany garage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature:

Using the HomeLink system with anygarage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature asrequired by federal safety standardsis dangerous. (This includes garagedoors manufactured before April 1,1982.)Using these garage door openers canincrease the risk of serious injury ordeath. For further information,contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515or www.homelink.com or yourAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Always check the areas surroundinggarage doors and gates for people orobstructions before programming orduring operation of the HomeLinksystem:

Programming or operating theHomeLink system without verifyingthe safety of areas surroundinggarage doors and gates is dangerousand could result in an unexpectedaccident and serious injury ifsomeone were to be hit.

CAUTIONHomeLink has been tested andcomplies with FCC and IndustryCanada rules. Changes ormodifications not expressly approvedby the party responsible forcompliance could void the user'sauthority to operate the device.

Driving Your Mazda


5-67íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (206,1)

NOTEFCC ID: NZLSTDHL3CANADA:4112104541AThis device complies with FCC rules part 15.Operation is subject to the followingconditions:1- This device may not cause any harmfulinterference and2- This device must accept any interferencethat may be received including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThe programming will not be erased even ifthe battery is disconnected.

qPre-programming the HomeLinkSystem

NOTEIt is recommended that a new battery beplaced in the hand-held transmitter of thedevice being programmed to HomeLink forquicker training and accurate transmission ofthe radio-frequency signal.

l Verify that there is a remote controltransmitter available for the device youwould like to program.

l Disconnect the power to the device.

qProgramming the HomeLink System

CAUTIONWhen programming a garage dooropener or a gate, disconnect thepower to these devices beforeperforming programming, ascontinuous operation of the devicescould damage the motor.

The HomeLink system provides 3 buttonswhich can be individually selected andprogrammed using the transmitters forcurrent, on-market devices as follows:

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink buttons (buttons one andthree)― releasing only when theindicator light begins to flash (after 20seconds). Do not hold the buttons forlonger than 30 seconds and do notrepeat step 1 to program a second and/or third hand-held transmitter to theremaining two HomeLink buttons.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)away from the HomeLink button youwish to program while keeping theindicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold both thechosen HomeLink and hand-heldtransmitter buttons. Do not release thebuttons until step 4 has beencompleted.

NOTESome gate operators and garage door openersmay require you to replace this ProgrammingStep 3 with procedures noted in the “GateOperator/Canadian Programming” section.

4. After the HomeLink indicator lightchanges from a slow to a rapidlyblinking light, release both theHomeLink and hand-held transmitterbuttons.

NOTEIf the HomeLink indicator light does notchange to a rapidly blinking light, contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515 for assistance.

5-68

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (207,1)

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink button and observe theindicator light.

If the indicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete and yourdevice should activate when theHomeLink button is pressed and released.

NOTETo program the remaining two HomeLinkbuttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.Do not repeat step 1.

If the indicator light blinks rapidly fortwo seconds and then turns to aconstant light, continue with“Programming” steps 6―8 to completethe programming of a rolling codeequipped device (most commonly agarage door opener).

6. At the garage door opener receiver(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.

7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or“smart” button. (The name and color ofthe button may vary by manufacturer.)

NOTEThere are 30 seconds in which to initiate step8.

8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,hold for two seconds and release theprogrammed HomeLink button. Repeatthe “press/hold/release” sequence asecond time, and, depending on thebrand of the garage door opener (orother rolling code equipped device),repeat this sequence a third time tocomplete the programming process.

HomeLink should now activate yourrolling code equipped device.

NOTETo program the remaining two HomeLinkbuttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.Do not repeat step 1.

For questions or comments, please contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

qGate operator/CanadianProgramming

Canadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission ―which may not be long enough forHomeLink to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators aredesigned to “time-out” in the samemanner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operatorby using the “Programming” procedures(regardless of where you live), replace“Programming HomeLink” step 3 withthe following:

NOTEIf programming a garage door opener or gateoperator, it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to preventpossible overheating.

Driving Your Mazda


5-69


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (208,1)

Continue to press and hold the HomeLinkbutton while you press and release ―every two seconds (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter until the frequency signalhas successfully been accepted byHomeLink. (The indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly.)Proceed with “Programming” step 4 tocomplete.

qOperating the HomeLink System

Press the programmed HomeLink buttonto operate a programmed device. Thecode will continue being transmitted for amaximum of 20 seconds.

qReprogramming the HomeLinksystem

To program a device to HomeLink using aHomeLink button previously trained,follow these steps:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink button, proceed with“Programming” - step 2.

qErasing Programmed HomeLinkButtons

To erase the existing programming fromall three operating channels, press andhold the two outside buttons ( , )on the auto-dimming mirror until theHomeLink indicator light begins to flashafter approximately 20 seconds.Verify that the programming has beenerased when you resell the vehicle.

5-70

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (209,1)

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3Types of the Climate Control System ....................................... 6-5Manual Type ............................................................................. 6-6Fully Automatic Type ............................................................. 6-11

Audio System ............................................................................... 6-15Antenna ................................................................................... 6-15Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-15Audio Set ................................................................................ 6-25Audio Control Switch Operation ............................................ 6-54AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) ................................................. 6-56Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-58

Bluetooth Hands-Free ................................................................. 6-59Bluetooth Hands-Freeí .......................................................... 6-59Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation ................................... 6-63Convenient Use of the Hands-Free System ............................. 6-66Hands-Free Telephone Setting ................................................ 6-71When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used .......................... 6-75Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-76Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer Service .................... 6-76

Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-77Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-77Interior Lights ......................................................................... 6-77Information Display ................................................................ 6-79Lighter ..................................................................................... 6-81Ashtray .................................................................................... 6-82Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-83Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-84Accessory Socket .................................................................... 6-87

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (210,1)

Operating Tips

qOperating the Climate ControlSystem

Operate the climate control system withthe engine running.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the fan control dial on for a longperiod of time with the ignition switch in theON position when the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions like leaves, snowand ice from the hood and the air inlet inthe cowl grille to improve the systemefficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the climate control system todefog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTEThe air conditioner may be used along with theheater to dehumidify the air.

qOutside/Recirculated Air Position

Use the outside air position in normalconditions. The recirculated air positionshould be used only when driving ondusty roads or for quick cooling of theinterior.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter

If your vehicle is equipped with an airfilter for the air conditioner, it is necessaryto change the filter periodically asindicated in scheduled maintenance (page8-3). Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for replacement of the cabin airfilter.

6-2

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (211,1)

Vent Operation

Center vents

Side vents

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

Side Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, open thevents and rotate them left and right.

Center Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, movethe adjustment knob.

Knob

NOTEWhen using the air conditioner, mist may comeout from the vents. This is not a sign of troublebut a result of humid air being suddenlycooled.

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (212,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

Dashboard Vents Defroster and Floor Vents

Dashboard and Floor Vents Defroster Vents

Floor Vents

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (213,1)

Types of the Climate Control SystemManual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6

Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................. page 6-11

Interior Comfort


6-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (214,1)

Manual Type

Windshield defroster switch

Fan control dial Air intake selector

Mode selector switch

Temperature control dial

A/C switch

qControl Switches


Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

Fan control dial

This dial allows variable fan speeds.0―Fan off1―Low speed2―Medium low speed3―Medium high speed4―High speed

6-6

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (215,1)


Press the mode selector switch to selectairflow mode (page 6-4).

NOTETo set the air vent to , press the windshielddefroster switch.

A/C switch

Push the A/C switch to turn the airconditioner on. The indicator light on theswitch will illuminate when the fancontrol dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.

Push the switch once again to turn the airconditioner off.

NOTEl The air conditioner may not function when

the outside temperature approaches 0 °C(32 °F).

l (U.S.A., Canada)When the mode is set to or with thefan control dial in a position other than 0and the temperature control dial in themaximum cold position, the air intakeselector switches to the recirculated airmode and the A/C turns on automatically.If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switchto turn it off.

Air intake selector

This switch controls the source of airentering the vehicle.

Press the switch to alternate between theand positions. The indicator

light for the selected mode will illuminate.

It is recommended that under normalconditions the switch be kept in theoutside air position.

Outside air position ( )

Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Usethis position for normal ventilation andheating.

Recirculated air position ( )

Outside air is shut off. Air within thevehicle is recirculated.

Interior Comfort


6-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (216,1)

This position can be used when driving ona dusty road or in similar conditions. Italso helps to provide quicker cooling ofthe interior.

WARNINGDo not use the position in cold orrainy weather:

Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.


Press the switch to defrost the windshieldand front door windows.

qHeating

1. Press the mode selector switch to theposition.

2. Set the temperature control dial to thehot position.

3. Set the fan control dial to the desiredspeed.

4. If dehumidified heating is desired, turnon the air conditioner.

NOTEl If the windshield fogs up easily, set the

mode selector switch to the position.l If cooler air is desired at face level, set the

mode selector switch at the positionand adjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

l In the , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the position isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the

position cannot be changed to theposition.

qCooling (With Air Conditioner)


2. Set the temperature control dial to thecold position.


4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

5. Adjust the fan control dial andtemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

6-8

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (217,1)

CAUTIONWhen using the air conditioner whiledriving up long hills or in heavytraffic, closely monitor thetemperature gauge (page 5-38).The air conditioner may cause engineoverheating. If the gauge indicatesoverheating, turn the air conditioneroff (page 7-16).

NOTEl When maximum cooling is desired, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme coldposition and set the air intake selector tothe position, then set the fan controldial to position 4.

l If warmer air is desired at floor level, setthe mode selector switch at the positionand adjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

qVentilation


2. Set the air intake selector to theposition.

3. Set the temperature control dial to thedesired position.


qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

1. Press the windshield defroster switch.



WARNINGDo not defog the windshield using the

position with the temperaturecontrol set to the cold position:

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident. Set the temperature controlto the hot or warm position whenusing the position.

NOTEl For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme hotposition and the fan control dial to position4.

l If warm air is desired at the floor, set themode selector switch to the position.

l In the , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the position isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, theposition cannot be changed to theposition.

Interior Comfort


6-9


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (218,1)

qDehumidifying (With AirConditioner)

Operate the air conditioner in cool or coldweather to help defog the windshield andside windows.

1. Press the mode selector switch to thedesired position.

2. Set the air intake selector to theposition.



5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

NOTEOne of the functions of the air conditioner isdehumidifying the air and, to use this function,the temperature does not have to be set to cold.Therefore, set the temperature control dial tothe desired position (hot or cold) and turn onthe air conditioner when you want todehumidify the cabin air.

6-10

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (219,1)

Fully Automatic TypeClimate control information is displayed on the information display.

Fan control dial A/C switch Temperature control dial


OFF switch Air intake selector


Auto switch

qControl Switches

AUTO switch

By pressing the AUTO switch thefollowing functions will be automaticallycontrolled in accordance with the settemperature:l Airflow temperaturel Amount of airflowl Selection of airflow mode

l Outside/Recirculated air selectionl Air conditioner operation

NOTEAUTO switch indicator lightl When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and

the system will function automatically.l When off, indicates the operation of other

switches such as the mode selector switch,fan control dial, A/C switch and windshielddefroster switch. Other functions willcontinue to operate automatically.

Interior Comfort


6-11


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (220,1)

OFF switch

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off theclimate control system.


Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature.Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

Fan control dial

Slow Fast

The fan has seven speeds. The selectedspeed will be displayed.


The desired airflow mode can be selected(page 6-4).

NOTEl With the airflow mode set to position

and the temperature control dial set at amedium temperature, heated air is directedto the feet and a comparably lower airtemperature will flow through the central,left and right vents.

l To set the air vent to , press thewindshield defroster switch.

A/C switch

With the AUTO or fan control dial ON,press the A/C switch to select the airconditioning (cooling/dehumidifyingfunctions) on or off.

NOTEl The air conditioning operates when the A/C

switch is pressed even if the fan control dialis off.

l The air conditioner may not function whenthe outside temperature approaches 0 °C.(Indicator remains on even when system isoff.)

6-12

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (221,1)

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions canbe selected. Press the switch to selectoutside/recirculated air positions.

Recirculated air position ( )

Use this position when going throughtunnels, driving in congested traffic (highengine exhaust areas) or when quickcooling is desired.

Outside air position ( )

Use this position for normal conditionsand defogging.

WARNINGDo not use the position in cold orrainy weather:

Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.


Press the switch to defrost the windshieldand front door windows.

qOperation of Automatic AirConditioning

1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection ofthe airflow mode, air intake selectorand amount of airflow will beautomatically controlled.

2. Use the temperature control dial toselect a desired temperature.

Cold Hot

To turn off the system, press the OFFswitch.

NOTEl Setting the temperature to maximum high

or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.

l When selecting heat, the system will restrictairflow until it has warmed to prevent coldair from blowing out of the vents.

Interior Comfort


6-13


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (222,1)

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

Press the windshield defroster switch.In this position, the position isautomatically selected, and the airconditioner automatically turns on. Theair conditioner will directly dehumidifythe air to the front windshield and sidewindows (page 6-4). Airflow amount willbe increased.

WARNINGSet the temperature control to the hotor warm position when defogging (position):

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

NOTEUse the temperature control dial to increasethe air flow temperature and defog thewindshield more quickly.

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor

The fully automatic air conditionerfunction measures inside and outsidetemperatures, and sunlight. It then setstemperatures inside the passengercompartment accordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct either sensor,otherwise the automatic airconditioner will not operate properly.

Sunlight sensor

Interior temperature sensor

6-14

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (223,1)

Antenna

qAM/FM Radio Antenna

The rear window antenna receives bothAM and FM signals.

CAUTIONWhen washing the inside rearwindow, use a soft cloth dampenedin lukewarm water, gently wiping theantenna lines.Use of glass cleaning products coulddamage the antenna.

qSatellite Radio Antennaí

The satellite radio antenna receivesSIRIUS signals.

Satellite radio antenna

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:

Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONFor the purposes of safe driving,adjust the audio volume to a levelthat allows you to hear soundsoutside of the vehicle.

NOTEl Do not use the audio for long periods of

time while the engine is off. Otherwise thebattery could go dead.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio is used inor near the vehicle, it could cause noise tooccur from the audio system, however, thisdoes not indicate that the system has beendamaged.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-15íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (224,1)

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40―50 km (25―30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

6-16

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (225,1)

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterized by sound breakup.

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-17


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (226,1)

qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-Dash CD Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player/In-dash CD changer maybecome clouded with condensation. Atthis time, the CD will eject immediatelywhen placed in the unit. A clouded CDcan be corrected simply by wiping it witha soft cloth. Clouded optical componentswill clear naturally in about an hour. Waitfor normal operation to return beforeattempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CDchanger

The following precautions should beobserved.l Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

l Do not insert any objects, other thanCDs, into the slot.

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (227,1)

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer will notplay the CD. In addition, the disc maynot eject resulting in a malfunction.Remove the rough edges in advance byusing a ball-point pen or pencil asshown below. To remove the roughedges, rub the side of the pen or pencilagainst the inner and outer perimeter ofthe CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changer hasbeen designed to play CDs bearing theidentification logo as shown. No otherdiscs can be played.

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the center of the CD tothe edge.

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (228,1)

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changerejects the CD if the CD is insertedupside down. Also dirty and/ordefective CDs may be ejected.

l An 8 cm (3 in) CD cannot be played inthe CD player even if an 8 cm (3 in)CD adapter is used.The In-dash CD changer is speciallymade for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.An 8 cm (3 in) CD cannot be played inthe In-dash CD changer even if an 8cm (3 in) CD adapter is used.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RWexceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

qOperating tips for MP3

NOTESupply of this product only conveys a licensefor private, non-commercial use and does notconvey a license nor imply any right to use thisproduct in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,satellite, cable and/or any other media),broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,intranets and/or other networks or in otherelectronic content distribution systems, such aspay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.An independent license for such use isrequired. For details, please visithttp://www.mp3licensing.com.

l This audio system handles MP3 filesthat have been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have beenrecorded using the following formatscan be played:l ISO 9660 level 1l ISO 9660 level 2l Joliet extended formatl Romeo extended format

l This unit handles MP3 filesconforming to the MP3 formatcontaining both header frames and dataframes.

6-20

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (229,1)

l This unit can play multi-sessionrecorded discs that have up to 40sessions.

l This unit can play MP3s with samplingfrequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48kHz.

l This unit can play MP3 files that havebeen recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insureenjoyment of music with consistentsound quality, it is recommended to usediscs that have been recorded at a bitrate of 128 kbps or more.

l If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how thedisc was recorded.

l Packet written discs cannot be playedon this unit.

l This unit does not play CDs recordedusing MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

About folders and files

l The order of hierarchy for MP3 filesand folders during playback or otherfunctions is from shallow to deep. Thearrangement and playing order of arecorded disc containing MP3 files isas follows:l File number

A numerical file number is assignedto each file in a folder in the order ofhierarchy from shallow to deep.

l Folder numberA numerical folder number isassigned to each folder in the orderof hierarchy from shallow to deep.

NOTEFolders and tracks (files) within the samehierarchy play in the order they were written tothe disc depending on the write software.

05

06

0102

04

03

1

5

4

2

3

Folder No.

Level1Level2Level3Level4

Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit.

: Track (File): Folder

l The folder order is automaticallyassigned and this order cannot beoptionally set.

l Any folder without an MP3 file will beignored. (It will be skipped and thefolder number will not be displayed.)

l MP3 files not conforming to the MP3format containing both header framesand data frames will be skipped andnot played.

l This unit will play MP3 files that haveup to eight levels. However, the morelevels a disc has, the longer it will taketo initially start playing. It isrecommended to record discs with twolevels or less.

l A single disc with up to 512 files canbe played and a single folder with up to255 files can be played.

l When naming an MP3 file, be sure toadd an MP3 file extension (.mp3) afterthe file name.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (230,1)

l The maximum number of charactersthat can be used for file names is asfollows. However, this unit will onlydisplay up to 30 characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3).

Maximum number ofcharacters in a file name(including a separator “.”and the three letters of the

file extension)

ISO9660 level 1 12*

ISO9660 level 2 31*

Joliet extendedformat

64

Romeo extendedformat

128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) andunderbar “_” are available.

CAUTIONThis unit can only play MP3 files thathave an MP3 file extension (.mp3)attached. Do not attach an MP3 fileextension to any other type file as itcould cause noise to be emitted or amalfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display

l This unit can only display ID3 Tagalbum, track and artist names that havebeen input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3formats. Any other data that may havebeen input cannot be displayed.

l This unit can only display English(including numerals) one-bytecharacters. Use only English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters wheninputting ID3 tags. Two-byte charactersand some special symbols cannot bedisplayed.

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.A technical standard for audiocompression as decided by an ISO(International Organization forStandardization) MPEG working group.Use of MP3 allows for audio data to becompressed to approximately a tenth ofthe source data size.

ISO 9660

An international standard for logicalformatting of CD-ROM files and folders.It is divided into three separate levelsbased on differences in file namingprocedures, data configuration and othercharacteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of datarecorded from the beginning to the end ofa single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-RW data recording. Multi-session refers tothe existence of data from two or moresessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analogaudio data at regular intervals andconverting it to digital data. The samplingrate refers to the number of times asample is taken in one second and isexpressed in Hz units. Increasing thesampling rate improves the sound qualitybut also increases the data size.

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (231,1)

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second,expressed in bps (bits per second).Generally, the larger the number of thetransfer bit rate when compressing anMP3 file, the more information regardingmusical reproduction it carries, andtherefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar tothat used for floppy discs or hard drives,of recording the required file in a singleincrement on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storinginformation related to the music in anMP3 file. Information such as track, artistand album name can be stored. Thiscontent can be freely edited using ID3editing function software.

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. WhileCBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generallyused, VBR varies the bit rate for audiocompression according to compressionconditions and this allows forcompression with preference given tosound quality.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (232,1)

MEMO

6-24


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (233,1)

Audio Setl Audio information is displayed on the information display.l There are two types of In-dash CD changers. Check which In-dash CD changer yourvehicle is equipped with.

In-Dash CD Changer (non-MP3 compatible)

In-dash CD Changer (MP3 compatible)

CD Player

Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-26Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-30Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-32Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-46Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-48Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-52Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-53

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-25


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (234,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Audio control dial

Power/Volume dial

Power ON/OFF

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

6-26

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (235,1)

*1

*1

*1

Standard audio-equipped model

Bose Sound System-equipped model

*1

*1

*1

*1

*1 Depending on the mode selected, theindication changes.

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:

Standard audio-equipped model

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

OFF ON

Bose® Sound System-equipped model

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

OFF ON

OFF ON

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble


front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

OFF ON

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-27


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (236,1)

NOTEAbout 5 seconds after selecting any mode, thevolume function will be automatically selected.To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, pressthe audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unitwill beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control is a featurethat automatically adjusts audio volumeand sound quality according to the vehiclespeed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

Select the desired ALC mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1―7 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

*AUDIOPILOT® (Bose® SoundSystem-equipped model)

AUDIOPILOT® automatically adjustsaudio volume and sound quality inaccordance with the level of noiseentering the vehicle interior while driving.When AUDIOPILOT® is turned on, thesystem automatically calculates theconditions for optimum hearing of soundwhich may be difficult to hear dependingon exterior noise.* AUDIOPILOT® is a registered

trademark of Bose Corporation.

6-28

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (237,1)

*Centerpoint® (Bose® Sound System-equipped model)

Centerpoint® offers you the experience of5.1-channel surround sound in yourvehicle even with your conventional 2-channel stereo CDs.Centerpoint® can be set on or off.

NOTEl Centerpoint® operates optimally with a 2-

channel stereo CD. MP3 audio files can beplayed, however, MP3 audio files encodedwith high compression may result in poorsound quality.

l Centerpoint® is available for 2-channelstereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/SIRIUS digital satellite radio/AUX.

* Centerpoint® is a registered trademarkof Bose Corporation.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

ILLM EFT setting (Illumination settingduring operation)

The audio system illumination duringoperation can be set on or off.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (238,1)

qOperating the Radio

Seek tuning button

Scan button

Manual tuning dial/Electric serial number button

Satellite button

Band selector button Channel preset buttons

Auto memory button

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Successively pressing the band selectorbutton ( ) switches the bands asfollows: FM1→FM2→AM.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will go out.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be canceled.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-30

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (239,1)

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the button,the frequency will continue changing withoutstopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be canceled.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ) for about 2 seconds until a beepsound is heard; the system willautomatically scan and temporarily storeup to 6 stations with the strongestfrequencies in each selected band in thatarea.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press and release the auto memory button( ) to recall stations from the auto-stored stations. One stored station will beselected each time; its frequency andchannel number will be displayed.

NOTEIf no stations can be tuned after scanningoperations, “A” will be displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-31


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (240,1)

qOperating the Satellite Radio

Instant replay button

Category button

Seek tuning button

Scan button

Manual tuning dial/Electric serial number button

Satellite button

Band selector button Channel preset buttons

Auto memory button

Information display

All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display.

Channel number, Channel name, Category name, Artist name, Song title, ID code, Preset channel number, Bank number, Error signs

6-32

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (241,1)

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class B digitaldevice, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, If not installedand used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will not occur in aparticular installation. If this equipment doescause harmful interference to radio ortelevision reception, which can be determinedby turning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the interferenceby one or more of the following measures:- Increase the separation between theequipment and tuner.- Connect the equipment into an outlet on acircuit different from that to which the tuner isconnected.- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Selecting SIRIUS radio mode (Satellitebutton)

When the satellite button is pressed, it willplay the last selected SIRIUS channel.Every time the satellite button is pressed,the bank is changed over in the ordershown below.

SR2SR1 SR3

NOTESR1, SR2 and SR3: six stations can be storedin each bank for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Channel selection (Manual tuning dial)

Turning the manual tuning dial allows youto select the desired channel.l Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise:Channel Up

l Turn the manual tuning dialcounterclockwise: Channel Down

Preset channel programming (Channelpreset buttons or display button)

1. Channels can be programmed witheither a “channel number” or “text”display.

2. Press the display button to select thechannel number or desired text (e.g.channel name) display mode.

3. Select the desired channel to beprogrammed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (242,1)

4. Hold down a channel preset button for1.5 seconds or more, and release whenthe beep is heard.

5. The programming process is completeafter the channel number or text blinks.

Preset channel call-up (Channel presetbuttons)

Press a channel preset button for about 1.5seconds.

Category change (Category button)

Press the category button (UP or DOWN)and select the desired category.l Press the category button (UP):Category up

l Press the category button (DOWN):Category down

At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)channel within the category indicated isreceived.When the highest (or lowest) category isreached, the display of the category ischanged over in the order shown below.Highest category→Category all→Lowestcategory

NOTEWhile in “CATEGORYALL” mode, allchannels covering a category can be accessed(Category off condition).

Channel selection within a category(Manual tuning dial)

NOTEIf the category is not in “ALL”, turning themanual tuning dial moves the channel numberup/down in the present category.l Turn the knob clockwise: Channel Upl Turn the knob counterclockwise: Channel

Down

Channel number, channel, category,artist, and song title display (Displaybutton, display feed dial)

Each time the display button is brieflypressed (about 1.5 seconds) duringSIRIUS reception, the display of the textdata changes in the order shown below.

Channel number Channel name

Category name

Artist name

Info

Song title

NOTEl Eight characters can be displayed on 1

screen.l By turning the display feed dial

counterclockwise, it is possible to displaythe remaining part of the title one characterat a time each time the dial is rotated oneincrement.

What is satellite radio?

SIRIUS is radio the way it was meant tobe: More than 100 new channels of digitalquality programming delivered to listenerscoast to coast via satellite. That meanschannels of completely commercial-freemusic plus more channels of news, sports,and entertainment from names likeCNBC, Discovery, SCI-FI Channel, A&E,House of Blues, E!, NPR, Speed visionand ESPN.

6-34

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (243,1)

SIRIUS is live, dynamic entertainment,completely focused on listeners. Everyminute of every day of every week will bedifferent. All commercial-free musicchannels are created in-house and hostedby DJs who know and love the music. Doyou like Reggae? How about ClassicRock or New Rock? SIRIUS has an arrayof choices spanning a vast range ofmusical tastes including the hits of the50's, 60's, 70's, & 80's as well as Jazz,Country, Blues, Pop, Rap, R&B,Bluegrass, Alternative, Classical, HeavyMetal, Dance and many others.From its state-of-the-art, digitalbroadcasting facility in RockefellerCenter, New York City, SIRIUS willdeliver the broadest, deepest mix of radioentertainment from coast to coast.SIRIUS will bring you music andentertainment programming that is simplynot available on traditional radio in anymarket across the country. It's radio likeyou've never heard before.Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! Formore information, visit siriusradio.com.Satellite radio can be subscribed to andreceived in the United States. (ExceptAlaska and Hawaii) and Canada.

How to subscribe to satellite radio

Once the system is installed you must firstsubscribe to the SIRIUS Radio service toactivate the system.The SIRIUS Radio service uses an IDcode to identify your radio. This code isneeded to subscribe to SIRIUS Radio, andif needed, is also used to report anyproblems should there be any in thefuture. Listeners can subscribe using anyof the following methods:l Visiting SIRIUS on the web at wwwsirius.com

l Subscribing to SIRIUS customer care,available 24 hours a day, 7 days aweek.

l Calling (888) 539-7474l E-mail at: [email protected]

l Writing to: SATELLITE RADIO1221 Avenue of the AmericasNew York, NY 10020Attention: Customer Care

Customers should have their SIRIUSRadio ID Electronic Serial Number(ESN#) ready.*Note: your ESN# should have beenrecorded at the time of installation. If not,refer to“DISPLAYING THE SIRIUS ID (ESN)”to retrieve your ESN#.

Satellite radio activation

For activation and subscriptioninformation call toll-free at 1-888-539-SIRI (7474). A SIRIUS Customer Carerepresentative will take the necessaryinformation and walk you through theactivation process. Or you can visitSIRIUS online at WWW.siriusradio.comand click on the “Join” button.When you call the SIRIUS CustomersCare number you have two optionsavailable.(1) The full package which allows you

access to all SIRIUS content exceptpay- per-view.

(2) The family package which allowsaccess to certain channels. Please seethe website: www.sirius.com fordetails.

Please have the following informationready when attempting to activate yourservice:l SIRIUS ID (ESN*)l Valid credit card information (type,number, expiration date)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (244,1)

l Product serial numberl Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)When you are ready to receive the on-airactivation signals you will be instructed(for activation via phone) to turn on yourtuner, have the antenna pointed skyward,and to set the channel to channel 184.Once the signal is sent from the nationalstudio it may take up to 10 minutes to bereceived by your unit.

NOTEl On-air activation is completed after the

procedure, in most cases from 10 secondsto 10 minutes.

l The VIN/SIRIUS ID (ESN*)/SERIAL No. isprinted on the back cover label of themanual.

*ESN: Electronic Serial Number

SIRIUS operation

All operations of the satellite radio areconducted by means of the audio unit.

SIRIUS radio mode selection

When the satellite button is pressed duringACC ON, it will play the last SIRIUSchannel in use before the mode wasswitched over to another mode or thepower was turned off.When the satellite button is pressed in amode other than the SIRIUS mode, thelast channel in use will be received.

Every time the satellite button is pressed,the bank changes in the order shownbelow.

SR2SR1 SR3

NOTESR1, SR2 and SR3: 6 stations can be stored ineach bank for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Operation in the initial state

It may take some time to start up theequipment when it is in the initial state,when there is a change in the user'ssubscription condition, or when theSIRIUS channel map is changed.“UPDATING xx%” is displayed when theSIRIUS channel map is changed. If theunit is initialized or the user contractcontent is changed, “UPDATING” isdisplayed. Updating could take as long as3 minutes depending on the geographicalarea. When the unit is in an initializedstate, channel 184 is displayed after thedisplay indicates “UPDATING 100%”. Ifthe SIRIUS channel map or the usercontract content is changed, the channelprior to the change is displayed after“UPDATING” is displayed. After theinitialization display, it may take as longas 12 seconds to receive channel 184.

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (245,1)

When the SIRIUS mode is switched toanother mode, or when the power isturned off, the present channel which isbeing received is stored as the lastchannel.

Channel selection

Turning the manual tuning dial allows youto select the desired receiving channel.l Turn the knob clockwise: Channel Upl Turn the knob counterclockwise:Channel Down

Unsubscribed channel

When a selected station has not beensubscribed to, the display indicates thefollowing:[CALL + 888] and [539 + SIRI] (Flashesalternately)

NOTEWhen the subscription contract is canceled, allof the channels including channel 184 appearas unsubscribed.

Invalid channel

When a selected channel is notbroadcasting, [SR + (bank number) +INVALID] is displayed for 1 second,followed by [SR + (bank number) +CHANNEL], which is also displayed for1 second. The display then returns to theprevious valid channel.

NOTEIf the last channel selected has becomeunavailable because of a channel update theabove indication is displayed until any buttonis pressed.

Preset channel programming

(Programming with “channel number”display)

1. Press the display button to select thechannel number display mode.Select the desired channel to beprogrammed. At this point, thefollowing is displayed:[SR + (bank number) + (channelnumber)]

2. Keep pressing the channel presetbutton for 1.5 seconds or more.The programming process is completeafter the channel number flashes. Then,[SR + (bank number)] is displayed anda beep sound is heard at the same time.

3. [SR + (bank number) + CH + (presetnumber) + (channel number)] aredisplayed.

(Programming with “text” display (e.g.channel name) )

1. Press the display button to select thedesired text display mode (e.g. channelname).Select the desired channel to beprogrammed. At this point, thefollowing is displayed:[SR + (bank number) + (selected text(e.g. channel name) )]

2. Keep pressing the channel presetbutton for 1.5 seconds or more.The programming process is completeafter the text (e.g. channel name)flashes. Then, [SR + (bank number)] isdisplayed and you will hear beep soundat the same time.

3. SR + (bank number) + CH + (presetnumber) + (channel number)] aredisplayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (246,1)

4. Three seconds later, it returns to normaldisplay. [SR + (bank number) + (text(e.g. channel name) )]

NOTESix stations can be stored in each bank, SR1,SR2, and SR3 for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Preset channel call-up

Press and release the channel presetbutton for about 1.5 seconds,[SR + (bank number) + CH + (presetnumber) + (channel number)] appears.When the preset button is pressed duringtext mode, its channel number isdisplayed first for 3 second and then itstext is displayed.

NOTEIn the initial setting, all channels are preset to184.

Category change

Press the category button (UP or DOWN)and select the desired category.l Press the category button (UP):Category up

l Press the category button (DOWN):Category down

Every time the category (UP) button ispressed for 1.5 second or less, thecategory is changed over in the ordershown below.At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)channel within the category indicated isreceived.When the highest (or lowest) category isreached, the category is changed over inthe order shown below.Highest category→Category all→Lowestcategory

NOTEWhile in “CATEGORYALL” mode, allchannels covering a category can be accessed(Category off condition).

Channel selection within a category

If category is not in “ALL” and thechannel number is displayed, turning themanual tuning dial moves the channelnumber up/down in the present category.l Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise:Channel Up

l Turn the manual tuning dialcounterclockwise: Channel Down

NOTEThe channel number needs to be indicated inthe display to use manual tuning dial for thisfunction.

Channel number, channel name,category, artist, song titles and infodisplay

Each time the display button is brieflypressed (about 0.5 seconds) duringSIRIUS reception, the display of the textdata is changed over in the order shownbelow.

Channel number Channel name

Category name

Artist name

Info

Song title

6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (247,1)

NOTEl Eight characters are displayed on 1 screen.l By turning the display feed dial

counterclockwise, it is possible to displaythe remaining part of the title one characterat a time each time the display feed dial isrotated one increment counterclockwise.

(Channel number display)l When the display button is brieflypressed (about 0.5 seconds) while insong title display mode, the modechanges to the channel number displaymode.

(Channel name display)l When the display button is brieflypressed (about 0.5 seconds) while inchannel number display mode, itchanges to channel name displaymode.

l There are short (8 fixed characters) andlong names for the channel name.

l The long name is displayed first, and 3seconds later the short name isdisplayed. If there is no short name, thelong name is displayed.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe channel name, it is possible todisplay the remaining part of thechannel name one character at a timeeach time the display feed dial isrotated one increment clockwise.

l While the short name is displayed,turning the display feed dial switchesthe display to the long name.

l Three seconds after scrolling the longname, the display automatically returnsto the first part of the long name. Threemore seconds and the short nameappears.

l If there is no channel name,“No TITLE” is displayed.

(Category name display)l When the display button is brieflypressed (about 0.5 seconds) while inchannel name display mode, it changesto the category name display mode.

l There are short (8 fixed characters) andlong names for the category name.

l The long name is displayed first, and 3seconds later the short name isdisplayed. If there is no short name, thelong name is displayed.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe category name, it is possible todisplay the remaining part of thecategory name one character at a timeeach time the display feed dial isrotated one increment clockwise.

l While the short name is displayed,turning the display feed dial switchesthe display to the long name.

l Three seconds after scrolling the longname, the display automatically returnsto display the first part of the longname. Three more seconds and theshort name appears.

l If there is no category name,“No CATEGORY” is displayed.

(Artist name display)l When the display button is brieflypressed (about 0.5 seconds) while incategory name display mode, itchanges to the artist name displaymode.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe artist's name, it is possible todisplay the remaining part of the artistname one character at a time each timethe display feed dial is rotated oneincrement clockwise.

l Three seconds after scrolling the artistname, the display automatically returnto display the first part of the artist'sname.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (248,1)

l If there is no artist's name,“No ARTIST” is displayed.

(Song title display)l When the display button is brieflypressed (about 0.5 seconds) while inartist name display mode, it changes tothe song title display mode.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe song title, it is possible to displaythe remaining part of the song title onecharacter at a time each time thedisplay feed dial is rotated oneincrement clockwise.

l Three more seconds after scrolling thesong title, the display automaticallyreturns to display the first part of thesong title.

l If there is no song title, “No SONG” isdisplayed.

(INFO (such as composer's name)display)l When the display button is brieflypressed (about 1.5 seconds) while insong title display mode, it changes tothe INFO display mode.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe composer's name, it is possible todisplay the remaining part of the nameone character at a time each time thedisplay feed dial is rotated oneincrement clockwise.

l Three seconds after scrolling the text,the display automatically returns todisplay the first part of the text.

l If there is no composer name,“No INFO” is displayed.

Instant replay

This function allows you to rewind andreplay the program that you werepreviously or are currently listening to.Press the instant replay button.

When the seek tuning button ( ) isbriefly pressed (about 0.5 seconds),playback starts from the beginning of thecurrent program.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed twice, playback starts from thebeginning of the previous program.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed for about 0.5 seconds or longer,the program is reversed while the buttonis being pressed.When the seek tuning button ( ) isbriefly pressed (about 0.5 seconds),playback starts from the beginning of thenext program. When the seek tuningbutton ( ) is briefly pressed (about 0.5seconds) while the last program is beingplayed, the instant replay mode iscancelled.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed for 0.5 seconds or longer, theprogram is fast-forwarded while thebutton is being pressed. When pressingand holding the button until the end of theprogram, the instant replay mode iscancelled.When the instant replay button is pressedagain, playback is temporarily stopped, orplayback starts if it has been temporarilystopped.

NOTEIf the channel is changed, the instant replaybuffer data is deleted.

(How to cancel the instant replay)l Turn off the ACC or POWER.l Press any one of the following buttons:FM/AM, CD, MEDIA, SAT, SEEK/TRACK/REPLAY, or a channel presetbutton.

l Insert or play a CD.

6-40

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (249,1)

Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)

When the ESN button is pressed for 1.5seconds or longer, a 12-digit ElectronicSerial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUStuner is displayed.

[SR + (bank number) + (first 8 digits ofSIRIUS ID (ESN) )] are displayed.The 4 digits following the first 8 digits aredisplayed by turning the display feed dialclockwise.While the last 4 digits of the 12-digitSIRIUS ID (ESN) are displayed, turningthe display feed dial displays the first 8digits of SIRIUS ID (ESN).

(How to clear the message)l Turn off the ACC.l Turn off the POWER.l Press any one of the following buttons:FM/AM, CD, MEDIA, SAT, ESN/DISP, CAT, SCAN, Instant replay, or achannel preset button.

l Insert or play a CD.

(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tunerdoes not display)If “ESN + FAIL” is displayed afterpressing the ESN button for 1.5 secondsor longer, contact an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Initialization of ID code

If the registered ID code is forgotten,return the ID code to the default [0000] byperforming the following steps:Setting condition: SAT mode

(Master code input preparation)

1. Hold the auto memory button, thenpress channel preset button 4, holdboth buttons together for 1.5 seconds.

2. “ENTER PIN” appears for 2 secondswhich indicates that it is in code inputmode.

3. “SR1 - - - -” appears, which indicatesthat it is ready for code input.

(Master code input)

4. Input the master code using the channelpreset buttons 1-4.Press the auto memory button inputtingthe code.(The master code is already set at thetime of factory shipment.)

(Master code input determination)

5. Determine the master code which hasbeen input by pressing the automemory button briefly.

6. “PIN CLEARED” appears whichindicates that the master code input hasbeen completed.

7. The ID code is set to the default [0000]and the initialization process iscompleted.

NOTEMaster code:The Master Code is used to initialize or re-initialize the ID code in the event that the codeis not set to [0000] and/or the personalized IDcode is not known. The initialization processresets the ID code to [0000]. The master codecan potentially defeat the intent of the securityof the parental lock if it is located by personsnot authorized by the owner to access certainchannels.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]

(How to clear the message)l Press any of the following FM/AM,SAT, CD, MEDIA, CAT, ESN/DISP,Instant replay, POWER buttons.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-41


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (250,1)

l Turn the ACC off or insert a CD.

NOTEl When a numeric value other than the

master code is input and the auto memorybutton is pressed, “SR1 Err” is displayedand then it returns to the “SR1 - - - -”display again.

l If an ID code is not input for 10 seconds,“Err” is displayed and it returns to theformer display.

l Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and theauto memory button are used for inputtingthe ID code. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot beused.

Change of ID code

Setting condition: SAT mode

(Registered ID code input)




4. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Then pressthe auto memory button.Example: When the registered ID codeis “2323”, input “2323”. At this time“SR1 2323” is displayed.Press 1 for the first digit, 2 for thesecond, 3 for the third, and 4 for thelast digit. For example, if your numberis 2323, press 1 three times, 2 fourtimes, 3 three, and 4 four times. If thedisplay goes off while inputting, beginfrom Step 1.

NOTEThe registered ID code is the default [0000] atthe time of factory shipment. If [0000] resultsin “Err” on the display, go to the“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section toreset to [0000].

(Verification with the registered IDcode)

5. Determine the input code by pressingthe auto memory button briefly.

6. If it does not match with the previouslyregistered code, “SR1 Err” is displayedand then it returns to “SR1 - - - -”.

7. If it matches with the previouslyregistered code, “ENTER PIN” appearsagain and it switches to code inputmode.

8. “SR1 - - - -” appears, and it is ready forinput of the new ID code.

(New ID code input)

9. Input the new ID code using channelpreset buttons 1-4.Example: If “1234” is input as the newcode, “SR1 1234” is displayed.Press the auto memory button after thecode is input.

(New ID code input determination)

10. Determine the new ID code whichhas been input by pressing the automemory button briefly.

11. “PIN CHANGED” appears for 3seconds which indicates that the newID code input has been completed.

12. It returns to the former display.

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (251,1)



NOTEl If an ID code is not input for 10 seconds,

“Err” is displayed and it returns to theformer display.

l Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and theauto memory button are used for input ofthe ID code. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot beused.

Individual channel locking

If a channel is locked, the channel ismuted.

NOTEIf the registered ID code is forgotten, returnthe ID code to the default [0000]. (See“INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section)

(Locking a channel)

1. Select a channel to be locked bypressing the tune button.Example:Select channel 100

(Registered ID code input preparation)



4. “SR1 - - - -” appears which indicatesthat it is ready for code input.


5. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Example: Ifthe registered ID code is “2323”, input“2323”. At this time “SR1 2323” isdisplayed. Press the auto memorybutton after the code is input.

(Registered ID code inputdetermination)

6. Determine the code which has beeninput by pressing the auto memorybutton briefly.

7. If it does not match the registered code,“SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to “SR1 - - - -”.

8. If it matches the registered code,“SR1 LOCK” appears for 3 secondswhich indicates that the code input hasbeen completed.

9. “SR1 LOCK 100” appears whichindicates that the parental lock isactivated. At this time, mute is on andno sound is heard.






Lock cancellation

Setting condition: SAT mode

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-43


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (252,1)

(Releasing a locked channel)

1. Select a channel to be released bypressing the tune button. Example:Select the locked channel (i.e. 100). Atthis time, “SR1 LOCK 100” isdisplayed.

(Registered ID code input preparation)





5. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Example:When the registered ID code is “2323”,input “2323”. At this time “SR1 2323”is displayed. Press the auto memorybutton after the code is input.

NOTEIf “Err” is displayed, go to the“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section toreset the ID code to [0000].

(Registered ID code inputdetermination)

6. Determine the input code by pressingthe auto memory button briefly.

7. If it does not match the registered code,“SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to “SR1 - - - -”.

8. If it matches the registered code,“SR1 UNLOCK” appears for 3seconds which indicates that the codeinput has been completed.

9. “SR1 100” appears which indicates thatthe parental lock is off. At this time,sound is heard.






Error signs

(1) Depending on the surroundingconditions (such as large trees,buildings, or tunnels) and specialweather conditions, the reception ofSIRIUS radio waves may bedecreased or temporarily interrupted.“ACQUIRING SIGNAL” mayappear.

(2) In case of an antenna malfunction,“ANTENNA FAIL” is displayed.Check the satellite radio antenna,antenna cable and DLP antennaconnector.

NOTEIf a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a newunit, cancel the license for the broken unit andmake sure to carry out new registration for thereplaced unit. If the license for the broken unitis not canceled, you will be charged areception fee for both units.

* DLP: Down Link Processor(SATELLITE RADIO Module)

6-44

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (253,1)

MEMO

6-45


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (254,1)

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player

Fast-forward/Track up button

Reverse/Track down button

Load button CD slotCD play button

Display button

Repeat button

Random button

Scan button CD eject button

Type Playable data

Music CD player(non-MP3 compatible)

· Music data (CD-DA)

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play. There will be a shortlapse before play begins while the playerreads the digital signals on the CD.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

NOTEWhen the load button ( ) is pressed, theCD will load and play even if the CD ejectbutton ( ) had been previously pressed.

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

6-46

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (255,1)

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback

This feature makes it possible to listen toa selection repeatedly.

Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback. The current selection will berepeated (“RPT” will be displayed).Press the repeat button ( ) once againto cancel repeat playback.

Random playback

This feature allows the CD player torandomly select the order of the songs.

Press the random button ( ) duringplayback. The next selection will berandomly selected (“RDM” will bedisplayed).Press the random button ( ) onceagain to cancel random playback.

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-47


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (256,1)

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

Load button

CD slot CD play button

Display button

Repeat button

Random button

Scan buttonCD eject button

Channel preset buttons

Disc down/Folder down button

Disc up/Folder up button

Music CD player (non-MP3 compatible)

Music CD/MP3 CD player (MP3 compatible)

Fast-forward/Track up button

Reverse/Track down button

Display feed dial

There are two types of In-dash CDchangers. Check which In-dash CDchanger your vehicle is equipped with.

Type Playable data

Music CD player(non-MP3 compatible)

·Music data (CD-DA)

Music CD/MP3 CDplayer(MP3 compatible)

·Music data (CD-DA)·MP3 file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3 files, playback of the two file types differsdepending on how the disc was recorded.

Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play. There willbe a short lapse before play begins whilethe player reads the digital signals on theCD.The disc number and the track numberwill be displayed.

Normal insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.

6-48

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (257,1)

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired tray number while “WAIT” isdisplayed.


NOTEThe CD cannot be inserted to the desired traynumber if the number is already occupied.

Multiple insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.


3. When “IN” is displayed again, insertthe next CD.

NOTEThe first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds

after “IN” is displayed.l The CD trays are full.

Displaying the CD-inserted traynumber

When you want to know the number for aCD-inserted tray, press the display button( ). The tray number will be displayedfor 5 seconds.

Ejecting the CD

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ). Thedisc number and “DISC OUT” will bedisplayed.

2. Pull out the CD.

NOTEWhen the CD is ejected during play, the nextCD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired CD number for less than 5seconds after the beep sound is heard.

3. Pull out the CD.

Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) againfor less than 5 seconds after the beepsound is heard.

NOTEIf the button is not pressed and about 5seconds have elapsed while “DISC OUT” isflashing, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

NOTEl CDs will be ejected starting with the one

with the lowest number.l All CDs in the tray will be ejected

continuously.l CDs can be ejected when the ignition

switch is off. Press and hold the CD ejectbutton ( ) for about 2 seconds and allCDs will eject.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-49


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (258,1)

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Disc search

During music CD playback

To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) during playback.

During MP3 CD playback

To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) for 1.5 seconds or more duringplayback.

Folder search (during MP3 CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ) for less than 1.5seconds, or press the folder up button ( )for less than 1.5 seconds to advance to thenext folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback


1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.


(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.

Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.

6-50

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (259,1)


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly.“DISC RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.

Switching the display (MP3 compatibletype)

Each time the display button ( ) ispressed during playback, the display willswitch in the following order.Music CD

Disc number/Track number/Elapsed time display

Disc tray number

File name display

Album name display

Artist name display

MP3 CD

Disc number/Folder number/Track number

Disc number/File number/Elapsed time display

Disc tray number

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

NOTE(MP3 CD)This unit can only read English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters. Depending onthe CD writing software used, proper displaymay not be possible.

Display scroll (MP3 compatible type)

Only 12 characters can be displayed atone time. To display the rest of thecharacters of a long title, turn the displayfeed dial ( ) to the right. Hiddentitles can be scrolled into the display onecharacter at a time.

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-51


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (260,1)

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack

You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers, refer toAuxiliary Input (page 6-56).

6-52

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (261,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-53


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (262,1)

Audio Control SwitchOperation

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.

NOTEBecause the audio unit will be turned off underthe following conditions, the switches will beinoperable.l When the ignition switch is turned to the

LOCK position.l When the power button on the audio unit is

pressed and the audio unit is turned off.l When the CD being played is ejected and

the audio unit is turned off.

Without Bluetooth Hands-Free andnavigation system

With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigationsystemUse the Voice recognition/hands-freeswitch for navigation system soundoperation.For details, refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.

Voice recognition/hands-free switch

NOTEl The Voice recognition/hands-free switch is

operable with the audio unit turned off.l Mazda has installed this system to prevent

distraction while driving the vehicle andusing audio controls on the dashboard.Always make safe driving your first priority.

6-54

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (263,1)

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, pull up thevolume switch.

To decrease the volume, press down thevolume switch.

qChanging the Source

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>AM radio> CD player or CD changer>SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3> AUX>cyclical).

NOTECD, CD changer, and SIRIUS digital satelliteradio modes cannot be selected in thefollowing cases:· CD, CD changer, or SIRIUS digital satelliteradio unit is not equipped on the audiosystem.

· CD has not been inserted.Connect a portable audio unit or similarproduct on the market to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers. Change the audio source to AUXmode (page 6-56).

qSeek Switch

When listening to the radio

Pull up or press down the seek switch, theradio switches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1―6).

Pull up or press down the seek switch forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard to seek all usable stations at ahigher or lower frequency whetherprogrammed or not.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-55


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (264,1)

When playing a CD

Pull up the seek switch to skip to the nexttrack.Press down the seek switch to repeat thecurrent track.

qMute Switchí

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers.

WARNINGDo not adjust the portable audio unitor a similar product while driving thevehicle:

Adjusting the portable audio unit ora similar product while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theportable audio unit or a similarproduct while the vehicle is stopped.

Do not allow the connection plug cordto get tangled with the parking brakeor the shift lever:

Allowing the plug cord to becometangled with the parking brake orthe shift lever is dangerous as itcould interfere with driving, resultingin an accident.

6-56

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (265,1)

CAUTIONØ Close the cover when the auxiliary

jack is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids fromgetting into the auxiliary jack.

Ø Do not place objects or apply forceto the auxiliary jack with the plugconnected.

Ø Noise may occur during playbackif the accessory socket equippedon the vehicle is used. (If noiseoccurs, do not use the accessorysocket.)

NOTEl Before using the auxiliary jack, read the

manufacturer's instructions for the productbeing connected.

l Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug forconnecting the portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliaryjack, read the manufacture's instructionsfor connecting a portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.

l To prevent discharging of the battery, donot use the auxiliary input for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

l Noise may occur depending on the productconnected to the auxiliary jack.

l With regard to connecting a portable audioor similar device to a power source, use thebattery for the device, not the accessorysocket.

l Insert the plug to the auxiliary jacksecurely.

l Insert or remove the plug with the plugperpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.

l Insert or remove the plug by holding itsbase.

To operate the portable audio unit

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

2. Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.

3. Press the source change button( ) of the audio unit or the modeswitch ( ) of the audio controlswitch to change to the AUX mode.

Audio Unit Steering Switch

NOTEl Set the volume of the portable audio unit to

the maximum within the range that thesound does not become distorted, thenadjust the volume using the power/volumedial of the audio unit or the volume switch( , ) of the audio control switch.

l If the connection plug is pulled out from theauxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noisemay occur.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-57


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (266,1)

Safety CertificationThis CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCCrequirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services.

CAUTIONØ This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified

service personnel.If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than thosespecified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CDplayer with the top case of the unit removed.

Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTEFor CD player section:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation.

6-58

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (267,1)

Bluetooth Hands-Freeí

qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?

Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline

By connecting a Bluetooth equippedmobile telephone to the hands-free unitequipped on the vehicle, making andreceiving calls are possible using thevoice recognition/hands-free switchlocated on the steering wheel, and sayingthe voice commands.

WARNINGPerform phonebook registration relatedoperations while the vehicle is parked:

Performing phonebook registrationwhile driving the vehicle could be adistraction to your driving and resultin an unexpected accident. Inaddition, a mistake in performing thephonebook operation could result inthe loss of important data.

Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone

A Bluetooth equipped mobile telephonecommunicates with the hands-free unitequipped on the vehicle using radiotransmission (Bluetooth).For example, if the mobile telephone isplaced in a coat pocket, the phone callscan be made through your mobile servicewithout direct use of the mobiletelephone.

CAUTIONThe types of mobile phones whichcan be connected to the hands-freeunit are limited, so before purchasingor changing your mobile phonemodel, consult Mazda BluetoothHands-Free Customer Service or visitwww.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for acomplete list of compatible phones.Mobile phones which can beconnected to the hands-free systemneed to be compliant with Bluetoothspecifications and the appropriateprofile, however, even among theseBluetooth phones are some whichwill not connect with your Mazda orwill have limited function. Therefore,consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands-FreeCustomer Service for informationregarding mobile phonecompatibility:Phone: 800-430-0153Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Applicable Bluetooth specificationVer. 1.1 or higherResponse profilel HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)Ver. 1.1

Bluetooth is the registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG. Inc.

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free

6-59íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (268,1)

NOTEl If the ignition switch is turned off during a

hands-free call, the line is transferred to themobile telephone automatically.

l If the mobile telephone is in a locationwhere radio reception is difficult such as ametal container or in the trunk, the call maynot be connected using Bluetooth. Ifcommunication is not possible, change thelocation of the mobile telephone.

qComponent parts

Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of thefollowing items:l Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switchl Information displayl Microphonel Audio unit/Navigation system

Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switch

Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Freecan be used for such things as makingcalls or hanging up using the voicerecognition/hands-free switch on thesteering wheel.

Voice recognition/hands-free switch (Phone button)

Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switchoperations

A short press or a long press of the voicerecognition/hands-free switch is used tooperate the system as follows:l Short press (Press the button less than0.7 sec.)

l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. ormore.)

Information display

When available, the information displayshows telephone numbers, BluetoothHands-Free messages, and operationstatus.

Microphone

The microphone is used for speakingvoice commands or exchangingconversation.

Microphone

6-60

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (269,1)

Audio unit/Navigation system

The audio unit or navigation system isused for adjusting the volume.If Bluetooth Hands-Free is operated,information such as mobile phone signalstrength of Bluetooth Hands-Free aredisplayed on the screen. (With navigationsystem)

Bluetooth Hands-Free information

qVoice

To prevent the deterioration in voicerecognition rate and voice quality, thefollowing points must be observed:l It is not necessary to face themicrophone or approach it. Speak thevoice commands while maintaining asafe driving position.

l Close the windows and/or themoonroof to reduce loud noises fromoutside the vehicle, or turn down theairflow of the climate control systemwhile Bluetooth Hands-Free is beingused. Voice recognition may notfunction correctly or voice quality maydeteriorate under the followingconditions.l A passenger is speaking.l Driving with the window and/or the

moonroof open.l Driving on bumpy roads.l Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.

(Construction sites, inside tunnels,excess oncoming traffic, or heavyrain.)

l Operation noise from turn signals,wipers, or the horn is heard.

l A/C airflow is strong or wind isblowing on the microphone.

l There is noise coming from cargoloaded in the vehicle.

l Voice commands may not berecognized depending on the voice. Ifthe voice commands are not recognizedcorrectly, repeat the commands in alouder voice, at a natural pace, as ifspeaking to another person.

l Dialects or different wording other thanhands-free prompts cannot berecognized by voice recognition. Speakin the wording specified by the voicecommands.

Please be aware that the voice recognitionmay error despite following the abovepoints.

Interior Comfort


6-61


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (270,1)

qFunction restrictions while usingBluetooth Hands-Free

Some functions are limited whileBluetooth Hands-Free is being used. Theyinclude:l Beep sound and voice guidance relatedto the audio unit and navigation systemare not heard.

l Beep sound related to the A/Coperation is not heard.

l The navigation system's voicerecognition command does notfunction.

qHow to use this section

Descriptions in the text are as follows:Say: Voice commands to be spoken byyou.Prompt: Voice guidance output from thespeaker.

NOTESay voice commands after the beep sound[Beep] is heard.

Example)Say: [Beep] “Dial”Prompt: “Number, please”Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

Bluetooth Hands-Free ActivationMethod

1. Program the mobile telephone (Pairing)Refer to Bluetooth Hands-Freepreparation on page 6-63.

2. Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press (withoutnavigation system) or a long press(with navigation system).

NOTEFor vehicles with the navigation system, youcan also press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press and Say: [Beep]“Telephone” or “Phone”.

The hands-free system is activated.Functions of the hands-free telephone,such as making and receiving calls, can beused after the activation. (For details onthe telephone functions, refer to “BasicBluetooth Hands-Free Operation” or“Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem”.)

NOTEFor vehicles with a navigation system, thesystem operates by speaking the voicerecognition command of the navigation systemafter pressing the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press. For voicerecognition details with the navigation system,refer to the separate “NAVIGATION SYSTEMMANUAL”.

6-62

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (271,1)

Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation

qBluetooth Hands-Free preparation

Language setting

The available languages are English,Spanish, and Canadian French. If thelanguage setting is changed, all of thevoice guidance and voice inputcommands are done in the selectedlanguage.

NOTEIf the language setting is changed, phoneregistration is maintained.Phonebook records are not cleared, but eachlanguage has a separate phonebook.Therefore, entries created in one language willneed to be re-entered in the phonebook of thenew language.

Method 1


2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode, orsay “cancel” to return to the mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Language”

5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,French, or Spanish.”

6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak thedesired language: “English”, “French”or “Spanish”)

7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected. Is this correct?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

9. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected, returning to main menu”(Spoken in the newly selectedlanguage).

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desiredlanguage: “English”, “French”, or“Spanish”.)

3. Prompt: “Would you like to changethe language to French (Desiredlanguage) ?”


5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching toFrench phone book. French selected,returning to main menu” (Spoken inthe newly selected language).

Mobile telephone programming(Pairing)

To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, a mobilephone equipped with Bluetooth has to beprogrammed to the hands-free unit usingthe following procedure.Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobiletelephones can be programmed to thevehicle.

Interior Comfort


6-63


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (272,1)

NOTEl A mobile telephone can be programmed

only when the vehicle is parked.l Since the communication range of a

Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone isabout 10 meters (32 ft), if a mobiletelephone is placed within a 10-meter (32ft) radius of the vehicle, it may be detected/programmed unintentionally while anothertelephone is being programmed.

1. Activate the Bluetooth application ofthe mobile telephone.

NOTEFor the operation of the mobile telephone,refer to its instruction manual.

2. Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a long press.


4. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode, orsay “cancel” to return to the mainmenu.”

5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”

6. Prompt: “Do you want to pair a phone,delete a phone, or list paired phones?”

7. Say: [Beep] “Pair a phone”

8. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairingcode.”

9. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Speak anarbitrary 4-digit pairing code. This canbe any combination of 4 numbers.)

NOTERecord the code as it will be used to programyour phone in Step 16.

10. Prompt: “Pairing code XXXX (4-digit number). Is this correct?”

11. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”

12. If “Yes”, go to Step 13.If “No”, the procedure returns to Step8.

13. Prompt: “Start pairing procedure onphone. See phone's manual forinstructions.”

14. Using the mobile telephone, performa search for the Bluetooth device(Peripheral device).

NOTEFor the operation of the mobile telephone,refer to its instruction manual.

15. Select “Mazda” from the device listsearched by the mobile phone.

16. Input the 4-digit pairing code set inStep 9 to the mobile telephone.

17. Prompt: “Please say the name of thephone after the beep.”

18. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a“phone tag”, an arbitrary name for thephone.)Example: “Stan's phone.”

NOTESpeak a programmed “phone tag” within 10seconds.If more than two mobile telephones are to beprogrammed, they cannot be programmed withthe same or similar “phone tag”.

19. Prompt: “Adding XXXXXX - - -(Ex. “Stan's phone”) (Phone tag). Isthis correct?”


21. Prompt: “Assign a priority for thisphone between 1 and 7, where 1 isthe phone used most often.”

6-64

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (273,1)

22. Say: [Beep] “1” (Speak a number ofthe desired priority from 1 to 7.)

NOTEl Normally, “1” is to be input (Highest

priority).l If more than two mobile telephones are

registered, input the priority order from 1 to7.

23. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan'sphone”) (Phone tag) set to priority X(Priority number). Is this correct?”


25. Prompt: “Pairing complete”

After a mobile telephone is registered, thesystem automatically identifies the phone.By pressing the voice recognition/hands-free switch again, or by pressing the voicerecognition/hands-free switch first afterturning the ignition switch from theLOCK to the ACC position, the systemreads out a voice guidance, “XXXXXX -- - (Ex. “Stan's phone”) (Phone tag) isconnected”. If two or more telephones areregistered, the one with the highestpriority is selected.

qMaking a call using a telephonenumber


2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”

3. Prompt: “Number, please”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)is this correct?”

6. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

7. When “Yes” is spoken, the call ismade.When “No” is spoken, the procedurereturns to Step 3.

qReceiving an incoming call

1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press thephone button to answer”.

2. To accept the call, press the voicerecognition/hands-free switch with ashort press.To reject the call, press the voicerecognition/hands-free switch with along press.

qHanging up a call

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the call with a long press.Beep will confirm that call is ended.

Interior Comfort


6-65


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (274,1)

qVolume adjustment

The power/volume dial of the audio unitor navigation system is used to adjust thevolume. Turn the dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio unit Navigation system

NOTEl The volume can also be adjusted using the

volume button on the steering wheel.l The music volume of the audio unit and the

navigation system cannot be adjusted whileBluetooth Hands-Free is being used.

qHelp function use

The help function informs the user of allthe available voice commands under thecurrent conditions.

1. Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

2. Say: [Beep] “Help”

3. Follow the prompts to receive theappropriate voice guidanceinstructions.

Convenient Use of theHands-Free System

qPhone book usage

Phone book registration

Phone numbers can be registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phone book.


2. Say: [Beep] “Phone book”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:new entry, edit, list names, delete orerase all..., or say “cancel” to return tomain menu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”

5. Prompt: “Name please.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag for the nameregistered.)

7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Registered voicetag). Is this correct?”


9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orPager?”

10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Pager”, for thedesired location to be registered.)

11. Prompt: “Mobile” (Location to beregistered). Is this correct?


13. Prompt: “Number, please.”

6-66

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (275,1)

14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”)” (Say the phonenumber to be registered.)

15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Phone numberregistration). Is this correct? ”


17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to add another number for thisentry?”

18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

19. If “Yes”, an additional phone numberregistration can be made for the sameentry.If “No”, the procedure proceeds toStep 20.

20. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”

Making calls using the phone book

Telephone calls can be made by sayingthe name of a person (voice tag) whosephone number has been registered inBluetooth Hands-Free in advance.For the phone book setting method, referto (page 6-69).


2. Say: [Beep] “Call”

3. Prompt: “Name please.”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phone book.)

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphone book).


7. Prompt: “Dialing”

qRedialing function

Redialing the number of the personpreviously dialed using the phone ispossible.


2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”


qEmergency calls

A call can be made to the emergencyphone number (911) using the voice inputcommand.


2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”

3. Prompt: “Calling “911”, is thiscorrect?”



Interior Comfort


6-67


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (276,1)

qRefusing an incoming call

For incoming call refusal, refer to“Receiving an incoming call” (page 6-65).

qMute

The microphone can be muted during acall.


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”

3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”

Canceling mute


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”

3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”

qTransferring a call

Transferring a call from Hands-Free toa mobile phone

Communication between the hands-freeunit and a mobile phone is canceled, andthe line can be switched to a standard callusing a mobile phone.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”

Transferring a call from a mobilephone to Hands-Free

Communication between mobile phonescan be switched to the Bluetooth Hands-Free system.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to HandsFree system”

Call waiting

A call can be interrupted to receive anincoming call from a third party.

Call interrupt

A call can be switched to a new incomingcall.Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

NOTEl To refuse an incoming call, press the voice

recognition/hands-free switch with a longpress.

l After receiving a new incoming call, theprevious call is placed on hold.

Switching calls

Switching back to the previous call canalso be done.Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

Ending the current call

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the call with a long press.

qVoice guidance interrupt operation

Voice guidance can be stopped bypressing the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press while it is beingheard. A new voice input command canthen be spoken by the user.· Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

6-68

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (277,1)

qPhone book settings

Editing phone book

The data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be edited.




4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to edit, or say“List names”..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say the voice tag for theregistered name to be edited in thephone book.)

7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orPager?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say theregistered location to be edited:“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or“Pager”).

9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX(Ex. “home”) (Registered location). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “The current number isXXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)(Currently registered number). Newnumber, please.”

NOTEIf there was no previous phone numberregistered to a location (Ex. “Work”), theprompt will only read out “Number, please”.

12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “666-1234”)” (Say the newphone number to be registered.)

13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“666-1234”) (The new phone numberto be registered). Is this correct?”


15. Prompt: “Number changed. Wouldyou like to call this number, editanother entry..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

Phone book data deletion

Erasing individual phone book data

Individual data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be cleared.




4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to delete, or say“List names”..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say the registered voice tagto be deleted from the phone book.)

Interior Comfort


6-69


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (278,1)

7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)Home (Registered location). Is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) Home(Registered location) deleted, returningto main menu.”

Complete deletion of the phone bookdata

All data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be erased.




4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”

5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want toerase everything from your Hands Freesystem phone book?”


7. Prompt: “You are about to deleteeverything from your Hands Freesystem phone book. Do you want tocontinue?”


9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing theHands Free system phone book.”

10. Prompt: “Hands-Free system phonebook erased, returning to mainmenu.”

Read-out of names registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phone book

The Bluetooth Hands-Free system canread out the list of names registered to itsphone book.




4. Say: [Beep] “List names”

5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary'sphone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidancereads out the voice tags registered tothe phone book.)

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the read-out at the desiredname, and then say one of the followingvoice commands to execute it.l “Continue”: Continues the voiceguidance.

l “Call”: Calls the registered phonenumber.

l “Edit”: Edits the registered phonenumber.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered phonenumber.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousphone number.

l “Cancel”: Returns to main menu.

6. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

7. Say: [Beep] “No”


6-70

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (279,1)

Hands-Free Telephone Setting

qMobile phone

Mobile phone registration

For the registration of a Bluetoothequipped mobile telephone to BluetoothHands-Free, refer to “Bluetooth Hands-Free preparation” (page 6-63).

Registered mobile phone read-out

Bluetooth Hands-Free can read-out themobile phones registered to its system.



3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”


5. Prompt: “Do you want to pair aphone, delete a phone, or list pairedphones?”

6. Say: [Beep] “List phones”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. Phone A, phone B,phone C)” (The voice guidance readsout the phone tags registered to thehands-free system.)

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the read-out at the desiredphone, and then say one of the followingvoice commands to execute it.l “Select”: Programmed the mobilephone when the voice recognition/hands-free switch was pressed.

l “Continue”: Continues the voiceguidance.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered mobilephone.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousmobile phone.

8. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

9. Say: [Beep] “No”


Mobile phone selection

This function is for switching to adifferent mobile phone which has beenregistered beforehand. The selectedmobile phone will remain in effect untilthe ignition switch is turned off.




4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”

5. Prompt: “Please say 1 (priority 1) forXXXXX... (Ex. phone A), 2 (priority2) for XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)”

Interior Comfort


6-71


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (280,1)

6. Say: [Beep] “2” (Say the prioritynumber for the mobile phone to beused as first priority.)

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)(Registered phone tag) selected, is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)(Phone tag) will temporarily overridephone priorities, returning to mainmenu.”

Registered mobile phone deletion

Registered mobile phones can be deletedindividually or collectively.





5. Prompt: “Do you want to pair aphone, delete a phone, or list pairedphones?”

NOTEA registered mobile phone can be deletedusing the registration list.

6. Say: [Beep] “Delete phone”

7. Prompt: “Please say 1 (priority 1) forXXXXX... (Ex. phone A), 2 (priority2) for XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)”(The voice guidance reads out eachphone in the order of priority and thephone tag).

8. Say: [Beep] “2” (Say the order ofpriority of the mobile phone to bedeleted.)

NOTESay “All” to delete all mobile phones.

9. Prompt: “Removing XXXXX... (Ex.phone B...) (Registered phone tag). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “Deleted”

qSecurity setting

If a passcode is set, the system cannot beactivated unless the passcode is input.

Passcode setting



3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Wouldyou like to enable it?”


6-72

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (281,1)

7. Prompt:“Please say a 4-digit passcode.Remember this passcode. It will berequired to use this system.”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4-digit passcode, “PCode”.)

9. Prompt:“Passcode XXXX (Passcode,PCode). Is this correct?”


11. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled,returning to main menu.”

Using Bluetooth Hands-Free with apasscode


2. Prompt:“Hands-Free system is locked.State the passcode to continue.”

3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the setpasscode “PCode”.)

4. If the correct passcode is input, voiceguidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone) (Phone tag) is connected” isannounced.If the passcode is incorrect, voiceguidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,Pcode) incorrect passcode, please tryagain” is announced.

Canceling the passcode




4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled. Wouldyou like to disable it?”


7. Prompt:“Passcode is disabled,returning to main menu.”

Confirmation Prompts

The confirmation prompt confirms thecommand content to the user beforeadvancing to the operation requested bythe user. When this function is turned on,the system reads out the voice inputcommand previously received andconfirms whether the command is correctbefore advancing to the commandexecution.When the confirmation prompt function isturned on:(Ex. “Calling John's phone. Is thiscorrect?”)When the confirmation prompt function isturned off:(Ex. “Calling John's phone.”)

NOTEIf the confirmation prompt function is turnedoff when making an emergency call, the systemreads out and confirms the command beforeexecuting it.



Interior Comfort


6-73


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (282,1)

3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”

5. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts areon/off. Would you like to turnconfirmation prompts off/on?”


7. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts areoff/on, returning to main menu.”

qVoice recognition learningfunction (Speaker enrollment)

The voice recognition learning functionenables voice recognition appropriate tothe characteristics of the user's voice.If the recognition of the voice inputcommands to the system is not adequate,this function can largely improve thesystem's voice recognition of the user. Ifyour voice can be recognized sufficientlywithout using this function, you may notrealize the added benefit of the function.To register your voice, the voice inputcommand list must be read out. Read outthe list when the vehicle is parked.Perform the registration in as quite a placeas possible (page 6-61).The registration must be performedcompletely. The required time is a fewminutes. The user needs to be seated inthe driver's seat with the voice inputcommand list for voice recognitionlearning open to the page indicated below.


2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”

3. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the phonebutton when you are ready to begin.Press and hold the phone button tocancel at any time.”


5. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu.”

Voice input command list for voicerecognition learning

When reading out, the following pointsmust be observed:l Read out the numbers one at a timecorrectly and naturally.

(For example, “1234” must be read out“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirtyfour”.)l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” andhyphens “-” are used for separatingnumbers in a phone number.

Ex.

6-74

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (283,1)

“ (888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight,eight, eight, five, five, five, one, two, one,two.”

Phrase Command

1 0123456789

2 (888) 555-1212

3 Call

4 Dial

5 Setup

6 Cancel

7 Continue

8 Help

NOTEAfter user voice registration is completed,voice guidance “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu” isannounced.

qDTMF (dual tone multi-frequency signal) transmission

This function is used when transmittingDTMF via the user's voice. The receiverof a DTMF transmission is generally ahome telephone answering machine or acompany's automated guidance call center(When you send tone signals backaccording to the voice guidancerecording).


2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (SayDTMF code)

3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMFcode)”

When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used

Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be usedunder the following conditions:l The mobile telephone is outside of thecommunication area.

l The mobile telephone has amalfunction.

l The mobile telephone is not connectedto the hands-free unit equipped on thevehicle.

l The mobile telephone battery is weak.l The mobile telephone is turned off.l The mobile telephone is placed whereradio reception is difficult.

Interior Comfort


6-75


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (284,1)

Safety CertificationFCC ID: CB2MBLUEC07 IC:279B-MBLUEC07This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and(2) This device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressively approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

The term “IC: ” before the radiocertification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter. End-users and installers mustbe provided with installation instructionsand transmitter operating conditions forsatisfying RF exposure compliance.

Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer Service

For toll-free Bluetooth Hands-Freecustomer service call 800-430-0153 or goto www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth forassistance.

6-76

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (285,1)

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front or swing it to the side.

Sunvisor

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.The vanity mirror light will illuminatewhen you open the cover.

Interior Lights

qIlluminated Entry System

When the illuminated entry systemoperates, the overhead light (switch is inthe DOOR position) and the courtesylights turn on for:l About 30 seconds after the driver'sdoor is unlocked and the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position (withthe ignition key removed).

l About 15 seconds after all doors areclosed (If your vehicle is equipped withthe advanced key, the overhead lightturns on for about 5 seconds when theadvanced key is outside of the vehicle).

l About 15 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position (withthe ignition key removed) with alldoors closed.

The light also turns off when:l The ignition switch is turned to the ONposition and all doors are closed.

l The driver's door is locked.

NOTEBattery saverIf any door is left opened, the light goes outafter about 30 minutes to save the battery.The light turns on again when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position, or whenany door is opened after all doors have beenclosed.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-77


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (286,1)

qOverhead Lights

Front

Switch Position Front Overhead Lights

Light off

l Light is on when any door isopen

l Light is on or off when theilluminated entry system ison

Rear

SwitchPosition

Rear Overhead Lights

Light off

Light is on when any door is open

Light is on or off when theilluminated entry system is on

Light on

qMap Lights

The map lights are switched on or off bypressing the switches.

qCourtesy Lights

Turns on when any door is open or theilluminated entry system is on.

Courtesy Light

6-78

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (287,1)

Information Display

Audio displayClock Climate control display / Ambient temperature display

Hands-free display

qInformation Display Functions

The information display has the following functions:l Clockl Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)l Climate Control Displayl Audio Displayl Bluetooth Hands-Free Displayí(Refer to “the Bluetooth Hands-Free” (page 6-59))

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-79íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (288,1)

qClock

When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the time is displayed.

Without navigation system

Time setting


2. Adjust the time using the time settingbuttons ( , ).The hours advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.The minutes advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.

Time resetting


2. Press and hold the :00 button for 1.5seconds or more. The displayed timeflashes.

3. When the button is released, the timewill be reset as follows:

(Example)12:01―12:29→12:0012:30―12:59→1:00

NOTEWhen the :00 button is released, the secondswill start at “00”.

With navigation system

Refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.

NOTEMinutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS,however, it is necessary to adjust hours underthe following conditions:l Driving across different time zonesl Daylight saving time start and end

qAmbient Temperature Display

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, press the switch todisplay the ambient temperature.

6-80

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (289,1)

NOTEl Under the following conditions, the ambient

temperature display may differ from theactual ambient temperature depending onthe surroundings and vehicle conditions:l Significantly cold or hot temperatures.l Sudden changes in ambient temperature.l The vehicle is parked.l The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

l Press the switch a few secondsor more to switch the display fromFahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa.

l (With fully automatic climate controlsystem)Press the switch again to switchthe display from ambient temperature to thetemperature set for the air conditioner.

qClimate Control Display

The climate control system status isdisplayed. To operate the climate controlsystem, refer to “Climate Control System”(page 6-2).

qAudio Display

The audio system status is displayed. Tooperate the audio system, refer to“Audio System” (page 6-15).

LighterThe ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position

1. Open the cover.

2. Press the lighter in and release it. Whenready for use, it automatically pops out.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-81


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (290,1)

CAUTIONØ Don't touch the metal part of the

lighter, you may burn yourself.Ø Don't hold the lighter in because it

will overheat.Ø Don't use the lighter socket for

plug-in accessories such asshavers and coffee pots. They maydamage it or cause electricalfailure. Use only a genuine Mazdalighter or the equivalent.

Ø If the lighter doesn't pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

Ashtray

CAUTIONDo not use the ashtray for trash. Youmight start a fire.

To use, open the cover.

To remove, open the cover and pull up theashtray.

6-82

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (291,1)

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:

Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

Do not put anything other than cups ordrink cans in cup holders:

Putting objects other than cups ordrink cans in a cup holder isdangerous.During sudden braking ormaneuvering, occupants could be hitand injured, or objects could bethrown around the vehicle, causinginterference with the driver and thepossibility of an accident. Only use acup holder for cups or drink cans.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury inan accident or a sudden stop, keepcup holders closed when not in use.

qFront

To use, slide the lid while pushing thebutton until you hear a click sound.

CAUTIONDo not use a cup holder with the lidunlocked. During sudden braking ormaneuvering, the lid could slideforward causing the cup contents tospill.

qRear

To use, pull the lid up.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-83


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (292,1)

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:

Driving with the storage boxes openis dangerous. To reduce thepossibility of injury in an accident ora sudden stop, keep the storageboxes closed when driving.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode orthe plastic material in eyeglassescould deform and crack from hightemperature.

qOverhead Console

This console box is designed to storeaccessories. Push and release to open.

qCoin Box

To open, press the release catch down andpull the lid downward.

qGlove Box

To open the glove box, pull the latchtoward you.Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn itclockwise to lock, counterclockwise tounlock.* Advanced key equipped vehicle

Unlock

Lock

6-84

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (293,1)

qCenter Console

Front

1. Slide the lid while pushing the buttonuntil you hear a click sound.

2. Open the lid.

Rear

To open, pull the release catch.

CAUTIONDo not place bottles filled with fluid(e.g. cosmetic fragrance) in theconsole box. If the fluid leaks, it coulddamage the electrical wiring.

qStorage Box

The storage box is designed to storeaccessories.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-85


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (294,1)

To open, squeeze the latch and pull the liddown.When closing the storage box, put thestorage box back in its original positionuntil you hear a click sound.

NOTEWhen using the storage box to store heavyaccessories, remove the storage box beforeplacing or removing the accessories.

Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn itclockwise to lock, counterclockwise tounlock.* Advanced key equipped vehicle

Lock

Unlock

Loading long objects with storage boxremoved

The storage box can be removed forconvenient loading of long objects such asskis placed through the trunk.

WARNINGSecure long objects in the trunk so thatthey cannot be thrown forward in thecabin and avoid sudden breaking ormaneuvering:

Sudden braking or maneuveringwhile long objects are loadedthrough the removed storage boxarea and into the trunk is dangerous.Operation of the shift/selector levercould be obstructed resulting in aserious accident.

6-86

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (295,1)

Accessory SocketThe accessory socket can be usedregardless of the position of the ignitionswitch.Only use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).The accessory socket is in the centerconsole.

CAUTIONTo prevent accessory socket damageor electrical failure, pay attention tothe following:Ø Do not use accessories that require

more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).Ø Do not use accessories that are not

genuine Mazda accessories or theequivalent.

Ø Close the cover when the accessorysocket is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids fromgetting into the accessory socket.

Ø Correctly insert the plug into theaccessory socket.

Noise may occur on the audioplayback depending on the deviceconnected to the accessory socket.

NOTETo prevent discharging of the battery, do notuse the socket for long periods with the engineoff or idling.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-87


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (296,1)

6-88


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (297,1)

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire RepairKit ............................................................................................. 7-5Changing the Tire .................................................................... 7-11

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-16Overheating ............................................................................. 7-16

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-18Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-18Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-19Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-22

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-23Towing Description ................................................................. 7-23Tiedown Hooks ....................................................................... 7-24Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-25

7-1


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (298,1)

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (299,1)

Spare Tire and Tool StorageTools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Tool box

Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit

Jack

Jack handle

Tiedown eyelet

Lug wrench


Flat Tire

7-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (300,1)

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Open the tool box.

2. Turn the jack screw counterclockwise.

To secure the jack

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.

qSpare Tire

A temporary spare tire is not equippedwith your Mazda. If an emergency tirerepair is needed, repair the flat tire withthe emergency flat tire repair kit (page7-5). If you require a temporary spare tire,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.When installing a temporary spare tire,follow the manufacturer's instructions forthe temporary spare tire.

The temporary spare tire is lighter andsmaller than a conventional tire, and isdesigned only for emergency use andshould be used only for VERY shortperiods. Temporary spare tires shouldNEVER be used for long drives orextended periods.

WARNINGDo not install the temporary spare tirein place of the rear wheels (drivingwheels):

Driving with the temporary spare tireon one of the rear driving wheels isdangerous. Especially on ice or snow.Handling will be affected. You couldlose control of the vehicle and havean accident. Move a regular tire tothe rear wheel and install thetemporary spare tire to the front.

7-4


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (301,1)

CAUTIONØ When using the temporary spare

tire, driving stability may decreasecompared to when using only theconventional tire.Drive carefully.

Ø To avoid damage to the temporaryspare tire or to the vehicle, observethe following precautions:Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50

mph).Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.

Also, do not drive through anautomatic car wash. This tire'sdiameter is smaller than aconventional tire's, so theground clearance is reducedabout 25 mm (1 in).

Ø Do not use a tire chain on thistire because it won't fitproperly.

Ø Do not use your temporaryspare tire on any other vehicle;it has been designed only foryour Mazda.

Ø Use only one temporary sparetire on your vehicle at the sametime.

(With limited slip differential)When using the temporary spare tireon the rear axle, replace it with astandard tire as soon as possible. Thesize difference between the spare andthe standard tire will cause thelimited slip differential tomalfunction.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-31).

Instant Mobility System(IMS) Emergency FlatTire Repair Kit

The IMS emergency flat tire repair kitincluded with your Mazda is for atemporary repair of a slightly damagedflat tire resulting from running over nailsor similar sharp objects on the roadsurface.

NOTEYour vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire.In the event of a flat tire, use the emergencyflat tire repair kit to repair the tire temporarily.When doing the repair, refer to the instructionsincluded in the emergency flat tire repair kit.After temporarily repairing a tire with theemergency flat tire repair kit, take your vehicleto an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the tirereplaced.


Flat Tire

7-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (302,1)

qAbout the IMS Emergency FlatTire Repair Kit

The IMS emergency flat tire repair kitincludes the following items.

Tire sealant

Injection hose

Compressor

Case

Instruction

Repaired tire sticker

Valve core tool

Spare valve core

Speed restriction sticker

WARNINGDo not allow children to touch the tiresealant:

Ingestion of tire sealant is dangerous.In the event tire sealant isaccidentally swallowed, drink largeamounts of water immediately andseek medical assistance.

Do not allow children to touch the tiresealant:

Tire sealant that comes into contactwith the eyes and skin is dangerous.If tire sealant enters the eyes orcontacts the skin, flush immediatelywith large amounts of water andseek medical assistance.

NOTEl The tire sealant cannot be reused. Purchase

new tire sealant at an Authorized MazdaDealer.

l The emergency flat tire repair kit cannot beused in the following cases.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.l The period of effective use for the tire

sealant has expired. (The period ofeffectiveness is indicated on the bottlelabel.)

l The tear or puncture exceeds about4 mm (0.16 in).

l The damage has occurred to an area ofthe tire other than the tread.

l The vehicle has been driven with nearlyno air remaining in the tire.

l The tire has come off the wheel rim.l Damage to the wheel rim has occurred.l The tire has two or more punctures.

qUsing the IMS Emergency FlatTire Repair Kit

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and set the parking brake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P), a manualtransmission in Reverse (R) or 1, andturn off the engine.

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

7-6


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (303,1)

4. Unload passengers and luggage, andremove the emergency flat tire repairkit.

5. Shake the tire sealant well.

CAUTIONIf the bottle is shaken after theinjection hose is screwed on, tiresealant could spray out from theinjection hose. Tire sealantcontacting clothing or other objectsmay be impossible to remove. Shakethe bottle before screwing on theinjection hose.

NOTEThe tire sealant can be used at outsidetemperatures down to _30°C (_22°F).In extremely cold temperatures (0°C (32°F) orbelow), the tire sealant hardens easily andinjection of the sealant will be difficult. Warmthe sealant inside the vehicle before doing theinjection work.

6. Remove the cap from the bottle. Screwon the injection hose with the bottle'sinner cap left on to break the inner cap.

Injection hose

Bottle

7. Remove the valve cap from the flattire. Press the back of a valve core toolto the core of the tire valve and bleedall the remaining air.

Valve core tool

Valve

Valve cap


Flat Tire

7-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (304,1)

CAUTIONIf there is air remaining in the tirewhen the valve core is removed, thevalve core could fly out. Remove thevalve core carefully.

8. Turn the valve core counterclockwisewith the valve core tool and remove thevalve core.

Valve Valve core

NOTEStore the valve core in a place where it won'tget dirty.

9. Remove the plug from the injectionhose and insert the injection hose intothe valve.

Plug

Injection hose

10. Hold the bottom of the bottle upright,squeeze the bottle with your hands,and inject the entire amount of tiresealant into the tire.

Valve

NOTEThe tire sealant cannot be reused. Purchase anew tire sealant kit at an Authorized MazdaDealer.

11. Pull out the injection hose from thevalve. Reinsert the valve core into thevalve and turn it clockwise to installit.

12. Attach the sticker that indicatescompletion of the tire repair on a flatouter surface of the repaired tire.

7-8


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (305,1)

NOTEDo not throw away the empty tire sealantbottle after use. Return the empty tire sealantbottle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer whenreplacing the tire. The empty tire sealant bottlewill need to be used to extract and dispose ofthe used sealant from the tire.

13. Attach the vehicle speed restrictionsticker in a place where the driver caneasily see it.

WARNINGDo not attach the vehicle speedrestriction sticker to the instrumentpanel, as it would obstruct vision ofareas such as warning light indicatorsor the speedometer:

Attaching the vehicle speedrestriction sticker to the steeringwheel pad is dangerous. The stickercould interfere with air bag inflationand cause serious injury.

14. Install the compressor hose to the tirevalve.

Valve Compressor hose

15. Insert the compressor plug into theinterior accessory socket and turn theignition switch to the ACC position(page 6-87).

Compressor

Compressor plug

Center console

CAUTIONØ Before pulling out the compressor

plug from the electrical socket,make sure the compressor powerswitch is off.

Ø The compressor turns on and offwith the push-button switch.

16. Turn the compressor switch on andinflate the tire carefully to the correctinflation pressure.


Flat Tire

7-9


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (306,1)

WARNINGNever operate the compressor above300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi):

Operating the compressor above 300kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi) isdangerous. When the inflationpressure rises above 300 kPa (3.1kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi), heated airwill be exhausted from the back ofthe compressor and you could beburned.

CAUTIONIf the compressor operates slowly orbecomes hot, it indicatesoverheating. Turn the compressor offimmediately and leave it turned offfor 30 minutes or longer.

NOTEl Check the tire inflation pressure label (rear

door on the driver's side) for the correct tireinflation pressure.

l Do not use the compressor for longer than10 minutes because using the compressorfor long periods could damage it.

l If the tire does not inflate, repair of the tiremay not be possible. If the tire does notreach the correct inflation pressure within a10-minute period, it probably has receivedmore extensive damage. When this happens,the emergency flat tire repair kit cannot beused to repair the tire. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the tire has been over-inflated, loosen thescrew cap on the compressor and bleedsome of the air out.

17. When the tire has been inflated to theproper inflation pressure, turn thecompressor switch off and remove thecompressor hose from the tire valve.

18. Install the tire valve cap.

19. Put the emergency flat tire repair kitin the trunk and continue driving.

CAUTIONØ Drive carefully to an Authorized

Mazda Dealer and keep thevehicle speed below 80 km/h (50mph).

Ø If the vehicle is driven 80 km/h (50mph) or higher, the vehicle mightbegin to vibrate.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)If the tire is not properly inflated, the tirepressure monitoring system warning light willilluminate (page 5-31).

20. After driving the vehicle for 10minutes or 5 km (3 miles), check thetire pressure with the tire pressuregauge equipped with the compressor.If the tire pressure has fallen belowthe correct tire pressure, inflate thetire to the correct pressure againfollowing the steps from number 15.

CAUTIONØ If the tire inflation pressure falls

below 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar,18.9 psi), repair cannot be donewith the repair kit. Park thevehicle on a level surface off theright-of-way and contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø If the tire inflation pressurecontinues to remain low afterrepeating steps 14 to 21, park thevehicle on a level surface off theright-of-way and contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

7-10


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (307,1)

NOTEWhen checking the tire inflation pressure withthe tire pressure gauge on the compressor unit,make sure the compressor switch is turned off.

21. If the tire inflation pressure remainsstable, the tire repair is complete.Drive the vehicle with care to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thetire replaced.

CAUTIONØ A tire that has been temporarily

repaired with the tire sealantcannot be reused. Mazdarecommends replacing the tirewith a new one.

Ø The wheel can be reused after anysealant adhering to it is wiped offand carefully inspected. However,replace the tire valve with a newone.

qInspecting the IMS EmergencyFlat Tire Repair Kit

Inspect the emergency tire repair kit atregular intervals.l Check the tire sealant period ofeffective use.

l Check the operation of the tirecompressor.

NOTEThe tire sealant has a period of effective use.Check the period of effective use indicated onthe bottle label and do not use it if it hasexpired. Have the tire sealant replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer before the period ofeffective use has expired.

Changing the Tire

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tire, and never get under avehicle that is supported only by a jack:

Changing a tire is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injuresomeone.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:

Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installationof the tire pressure sensors. Do notuse non-genuine wheels, otherwise itmay not be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

NOTEl Make sure the jack is well lubricated before

using it.(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor

ID signal code whenever tires or wheels arechanged (page 5-33).

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P), a manualtransmission in Reverse (R) or 1, andturn off the engine.


Flat Tire

7-11


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (308,1)

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, and tool (page 7-3).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe tire to be changed. When blockinga wheel, place a tire block both in frontand behind the tire.

NOTEWhen blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocksof sufficient size if possible to hold the tire inplace.

qRemoving the Tire

1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise one turn each, butdon't remove any until the tire has beenraised off the ground.

2. Place the jack under the jackingposition closest to the tire beingchanged.

Jacking position

7-12


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (309,1)

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in this manual:

Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:

Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.

3. Insert the jack handle into the jack.

4. Turn the jack handle clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe tire can be installed. Beforeremoving the lug nuts, make sure yourMazda is firmly in position and that itcannot slip or move.

5. Remove the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise, then remove thewheel.


Flat Tire

7-13


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (310,1)

qLocking Lug Nuts

If your vehicle has optional antitheftwheel lug nuts, one on each wheel willlock the tires and you must use a specialkey to unlock them. This key is attachedto the lug wrench and is stored with thespare tire. Register them with the lockmanufacturer by filling out the cardprovided in the glove box and mailing itin the accompanying envelope. If you losethis key, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer or use the lock manufacturer'sorder form, which is with the registrationcard.

Special keyAntitheft lug nut

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the keyand apply pressure. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise.

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and lug nuts are cleanbefore changing or replacing tires:

When changing or replacing a tire,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The lugnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tire to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the tire.

7-14


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (311,1)

3. Install the lug nuts with the bevelededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to lug nutsand bolts and do not tighten the lugnuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:

Applying oil or grease to lug nuts andbolts is dangerous. The lug nutscould loosen while driving and causethe tire to come off, resulting in anaccident. In addition, lug nuts andbolts could be damaged if tightenedmore than necessary.

4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwiseand lower the vehicle. Use the lugwrench to tighten the nuts in the ordershown.

If you're unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)88―118

(9―12, 65―87)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe lug nuts:

Improperly or loosely tightened lugnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:

Because the wheel studs and lug nutson your Mazda have metric threads,using a non-metric nut is dangerous.On a metric stud, it would not securethe wheel and would damage thestud, which could cause the wheel toslip off and cause an accident.

5. Check the inflation pressure. Refer tothe specification charts on page 10-6.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tires that haveincorrect air pressure:

Driving on tires with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tires withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.

NOTETo prevent the jack and tool from rattling, storethem properly.


Flat Tire

7-15


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (312,1)

OverheatingIf the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, the vehicle loses power, oryou hear a loud knocking or pingingnoise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

Open the hood ONLY after steam is nolonger escaping from the engine:

Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

NOTEOnce the engine coolant exceeds a presettemperature, an electrical cooling fan turnson. It will continue running for about 10minutes after the ignition switch is turned tooff.

If the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in park (P), a manualtransmission in neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from under the hood or fromthe engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Don't go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the hood and idle the engine untilit cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, theengine temperature will increase.Stop the engine and call anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant level.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.

7-16


Overheating


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (313,1)

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-14).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have thecooling system inspected. The enginecould be seriously damaged unlessrepairs are made. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Overheating

7-17


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (314,1)

Starting a Flooded EngineIf the engine does not start the first time,perform the following procedure to startthe engine.

1. While the accelerator pedal is fullydepressed, turn the ignition switch tothe START position and crank theengine for about 7 to 8 seconds.

2. Release the ignition switch andaccelerator pedal.

3. Start the engine as normally withoutdepressing the accelerator.

l The fuel injection is cut by fullydepressing the accelerator pedal.

l If the engine starts during Step 1, theengine will rev up. Release the ignitionswitch and accelerator pedalimmediately.

l Avoid racing the engine or driving thevehicle right after starting the engine.

l Do not hold the ignition switch in theSTART position for over 10 seconds. Itmay damage the starter and drain thebattery.

l If the engine still does not start usingthe above procedure, have your vehicleinspected by an Authorized MazdaDealer.

7-18


Emergency Starting


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (315,1)

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near abattery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )terminal of the battery.


Emergency Starting

7-19


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (316,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).

1. Remove the engine cover. 2. Remove the rubber hose from thebattery cover.

7-20


Emergency Starting


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (317,1)

3. Remove the battery cover from its rearside.

4. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.

5. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, don't allow the vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

6. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a cable to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other cableto the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3).

l Connect the other end to a solid,stationary, exposed metallic point(for example, the tightening bolt)away from the discharged battery(4).

Booster battery

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Discharged battery

7. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

8. When finished, carefully disconnect thecables in the reverse order described inStep 6.

NOTEVerify that the engine cover is securelyinstalled.


Emergency Starting

7-21


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (318,1)

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start it:

Towing a vehicle to start it isdangerous. The vehicle being towedcould surge forward when its enginestarts, causing the two vehicles tocollide. The occupants could beinjured.

CAUTIONDo not push-start a vehicle that hasa manual transmission. It candamage the emission control system.

NOTEYou can't start a vehicle with an automatictransmission by pushing it.

7-22


Emergency Starting


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (319,1)

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an Authorized Mazda Dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Government and local laws must befollowed.

A towed vehicle usually should have itsdrive wheels (rear wheels) off the ground.If excessive damage or other conditionsprevent this, use wheel dollies.

Wheel dollies

CAUTIONDo not tow the vehicle pointedforward with driving wheels on theground. This may cause internaldamage to the transmission.

CAUTIONDo not tow with sling-typeequipment. This could damage yourvehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbedequipment.


Emergency Towing

7-23


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (320,1)

Tiedown Hooks

CAUTIONDon't use the tiedown hooks underthe front and rear for towing.They are designed ONLY for tyingdown the vehicle when it's beingtransported. Using them for towingwill damage the bumper.

qTiedown Hooks

1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lugwrench from the trunk (page 7-3).

2. Wrap the lug wrench with a soft clothto prevent damage to the bumper andopen the cap located on the front andrear bumper.

Front

Rear

CAUTIONThe cap cannot be completelyremoved. Do not use excessive forceas it may damage the cap or scratchthe painted bumper surface.

3. Securely install the tiedown eyeletusing the lug wrench.

Front

Rear

7-24


Emergency Towing


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (321,1)

4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedowneyelet.

Front

Rear

CAUTIONIf the tiedown eyelet is not securelytightened, it may loosen or disengagefrom the bumper when tying downthe vehicle. Make sure that thetiedown eyelet is securely tightenedto the bumper.

Recreational TowingAn example of “recreational towing” istowing your vehicle behind a motorhome.The transmission is not designed fortowing this vehicle on all 4 wheels.When doing recreational towing refer to“Towing Description” (page 7-23) and“Tiedown Hooks” (page 7-24) andcarefully follow the instructions.


Emergency Towing

7-25


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (322,1)

7-26


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (323,1)

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance ............................................................ 8-3

Owner Maintenance ..................................................................... 8-8Owner Maintenance Schedule .................................................. 8-8Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................... 8-9Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-11Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-12Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-14Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-16Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-17Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-18Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-19Battery ..................................................................................... 8-21Tires ........................................................................................ 8-23Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-28Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-36

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-42How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-42Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-44Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-47

8-1


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (324,1)

IntroductionBe extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehiclewhen using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defectivematerials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment mayperform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (325,1)

Scheduled MaintenanceFollow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.


Scheduled Maintenance

8-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (326,1)

qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

ENGINE

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

Drive belts I I

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type*1

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs R

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

Flat tire repair kit*3 Inspect annually

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play

I I

Manual transmission oil R

Rear differential oil R

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

8-4




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (327,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace thetire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.



8-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (328,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE

Engine oilPuerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Others R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Drive belts I I

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type*1

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs R

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-6




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (329,1)



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid R R

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Flat tire repair kit*3 Inspect annually

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play

I I

Manual transmission oil R R

Rear differential oil R R

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace thetire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.



8-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (330,1)

Owner Maintenance ScheduleThe owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at theindicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified servicetechnician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-16)l Engine coolant level (page 8-14)l Engine oil level (page 8-13)l Washer fluid level (page 8-17)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-23)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanicalability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.l Engine coolant (page 8-14)l Engine oil (page 8-12)

8-8


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (331,1)

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. Youcan be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:

Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes evenmore dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attemptingto work near the cooling fan:

Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan couldcontinue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the enginecompartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

Do not leave items in the engine compartment:After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, donot forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or afire leading to an unexpected accident.


Owner Maintenance

8-9


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (332,1)

NOTEOnce the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on. It willcontinue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off.

8-10


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (333,1)

Engine Compartment Overview

Windshield washer fluid reservoir

Engine oil-filler cap

Engine oil dipstick

Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir

Cooling system cap

Engine coolant reservoir

Battery Fuse block (near battery) Air filter

Fuse block (next to air filter)


Owner Maintenance

8-11


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (334,1)

Engine Oil

CAUTIONDo not use either synthetic or semi-synthetic motor oil. Otherwise enginestarting performance could worsen.

NOTEl Changing the engine oil should be done by

an Authorized Mazda Dealer.l The Mazda RX-8 requires regular checking

of the engine oil level. The compact, highperformance RENESIS rotary engine inyour vehicle consumes a small amount ofengine oil due to its structural design. Anoil pump optimizes the amount of oilinjected to lubricate the rotor seals in thecombustion cycle. Although your vehicle isequipped with an engine oil level warninglight, it is best to keep the engine oil level inthe range between full and low by checkingthe oil dipstick regularly. Mazdarecommends checking the oil level at everysecond fuel filling. The oil consumption ofthe engine depends on engine speed andengine load. Under extreme drivingconditions, oil consumption can be higher.

qRecommended Oil

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

8-12


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (335,1)

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

The quality designation SL,SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Remove the service cover.

5. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

Full

Low

OK

6. Pull it out again and examine the level.It's OK between Low and Full.But if it's near or below Low, addenough oil to bring the level to Full.

CAUTIONDon't add engine oil over Full. Thismay cause engine damage.

The distance between Low and Full on thedipstick represents the following:

Oil capacity

L (US qt, Imp qt) 2.0 (2.1, 1.8)


Owner Maintenance

8-13


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (336,1)

NOTEl Each mark from the Full mark equates to

about 0.5 L (0.5 US qt, 0.4 Imp qt).There are 3 marks between Low and Full.

Full

Low

0.5 L (0.5 US qt, 0.4 Imp qt)1.0 L (1.1 US qt, 0.9 Imp qt)1.5 L (1.6 US qt, 1.3 Imp qt)2.0 L (2.1 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt)

l Verify that the engine cover is securelyinstalled.

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:

A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can becomevery hot. You could be burned.Carefully inspect the engine coolantin the coolant reservoir, but do notopen it.

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

8-14


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (337,1)

NOTEOnce the engine coolant exceeds a presettemperature, an electrical cooling fan turnson. It will continue running for about 10minutes after the Turn the ignition switch tothe ACC position.

NOTEChanging the coolant should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year―at the beginning of thewinter season―and before travelingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the F and L markson the coolant reservoir when the engineis cool.

If it's at or near L, add enough coolant tothe coolant reservoir to provide freezingand corrosion protection and to bring thelevel to F.

CAUTIONØ Radiator coolant will damage

paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

Ø Use only soft (demineralized)water in the coolant mixture.Water that contains minerals willcut down on the coolant'seffectiveness.

Ø Don't add only water. Always adda proper coolant mixture.

Ø The engine has aluminum partsand must be protected by anethylene-glycol-based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

Ø DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This coulddamage the cooling system.

Ø Don't use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.


Owner Maintenance

8-15


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (338,1)

NOTEIf the “FL22” mark is shown on or near thecooling system cap, use FL22 type enginecoolant. If engine coolant other than FL22type is used, the engine coolant must bereplaced earlier than the specified replacementinterval indicated in the scheduledmaintenance (page 8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Brake/Clutch Fluid

qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from thesame reservoir.Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept at MAX.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake and clutchlinings. If it is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch system inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

8-16


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (339,1)

qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNINGBe careful not to spill brake fluid onyourself or on the engine:

Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If itgets in your eyes, they could beseriously injured. If this happens,immediately flush your eyes withwater and get medical attention.Brake fluid spilled on a hot enginecould cause a fire.

If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,have the brakes and clutch inspected:

Low brake/clutch fluid levels aredangerous. Low levels could signalbrake lining wear or a brake systemleak. Your brakes could fail andcause an accident.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until itreaches MAX.Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean thearea around the cap.

CAUTIONØ Brake and clutch fluid will

damage painted surfaces. If brakeor clutch fluid does get on apainted surface, wash it off withwater immediately.

Ø Using nonspecified brake andclutch fluids (page 10-4) willdamage the systems. Mixingdifferent fluids will also damagethem.If the brake/clutch systemfrequently requires new fluid,consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Washer Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freezeProtection in Cold Weather:

Operating your vehicle intemperatures below 4 degrees C (40degrees F) using washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection is dangerousas it could cause impaired windshieldvision and result in an accident. Incold weather, always use washerfluid with anti-freeze protection.

NOTEState or local regulations may restrict the useof volatile organic compounds (VOCs), whichare commonly used as anti-freeze agents inwasher fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOCcontent should be used only if it providesadequate freeze resistance for all regions andclimates in which the vehicle will be operated.


Owner Maintenance

8-17


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (340,1)

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

Full

Low

OK

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable.But use only washer fluid in cold weatherto prevent it from freezing.

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and hood hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (341,1)

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONØ Hot waxes applied by automatic

car washers have been known toaffect the wiper's ability to cleanwindows.

Ø To prevent damage to the wiperblades, don't use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

NOTETo prevent damage to the wiper arm bladeswhen raising both the driver and passengerside wiper arms, raise the driver side wiperarm first. Conversely, when setting down thewiper arms, set the passenger side wiper armdown first.

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the bladeassembly to expose the plastic lockingclip.Compress the clip and slide theassembly downward; then lift it off thearm.

Plastic locking clip

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windshieldlet the wiper arm down easily, don'tlet it slap down on the windshield.

2. Hold the end of the rubber and pulluntil the tabs are free of the metalsupport.

Metal support

Tab


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (342,1)

3. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONØ Don't bend or discard the

stiffeners. You need to use themagain.

Ø If the metal stiffeners areswitched, the blade's wipingefficiency could be reduced.So don't use the driver's side metalstiffeners on the passenger's side,or vice versa.

Ø Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffeners in the new blade rubberso that the curve is the same as itwas in the old blade rubber.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

NOTEInstall the blade so that the tabs are toward thebottom of the wiper arm.

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (343,1)

Battery

WARNINGWash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspectingto ensure safe and correct handling:

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metaltools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery whenworking near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehiclebody:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (344,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (345,1)

NOTEl Remove the engine and battery covers

before performing battery maintenance.

Engine cover

Battery cover

l If the cover has been removed, install it inthe reverse order of removal.

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:l Keep it securely mounted.l Keep the top clean and dry.l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batterycables.

TiresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tire inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tire Types:

Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tires is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.Use all radial, all bias-belted, or allbias-type tires.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:Using any other tire size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-6)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tireclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tires thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tires to the correctpressure:

Overinflation or underinflation oftires is dangerous. Adverse handlingor unexpected tire failure could resultin a serious accident.Refer to specification charts on page10-6.


Owner Maintenance

8-23


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (346,1)

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

does not alleviate the need to check thetire condition every day, includingwhether the tires all look inflated properly.Inspect all tire pressure monthly(including the spareí) when the tires arecold. Maintain recommended pressuresfor the best ride, handling, and minimumtire wear.When checking the tire pressures, use of adigital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Refer to the specification charts (page10-6).

NOTEl Always check tire pressure when tires are

cold.l Warm tires normally exceed recommended

pressures. Don't release air from warm tiresto adjust the pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reduced fueleconomy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,and poor sealing of the tire bead, whichwill deform the wheel and cause separationof tire from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,uneven and accelerated tire wear, and agreater possibility of damage from roadhazards.Keep your tire pressure at the correctlevels. If one frequently needs inflating,have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires ifirregular wear develops. According to thescheduled maintenance charts.Refer toScheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

NOTEBecause your vehicle is not equipped with aspare tire, you cannot do a tire rotation safelywith the jack that comes with your vehicle.Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer performtire rotation.

8-24


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (347,1)

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures tospecification (page 10-6) and inspect thelug nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radialtires that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front torear, not from side to side. Tireperformance will be reduced ifrotated from side to side.

CAUTIONLimited-Slip Differential system;don't use the following:Ø Tires not of the designated sizeØ Tires of different sizes or types at

the same timeØ Tires not sufficiently inflatedIf these instructions aren't followed,the rotation of the left and rightwheels will be different and will thusapply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in goodcondition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.


Owner Maintenance

8-25


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (348,1)

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in

the sidewalls are used, the system may notfunction correctly even with a genuinewheel.Refer to System Error Activation on page5-33.

l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-33.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band isacross the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.

qTemporary Spare Tire

Your Mazda is not equipped with a sparetire. If you require a spare tire, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the temporary spare tire at leastmonthly to make sure it's properly inflatedand stored.

NOTEThe temporary spare tire condition graduallydeteriorates even if it has not been used.

The temporary spare tire is easier tohandle because of its construction whichis lighter and smaller than a conventionaltire. This tire should be used only for anemergency and only for a short distance.

Use the temporary spare tire only until theconventional tire is repaired, which shouldbe as soon as possible.

Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).

CAUTIONØ Do not use your temporary spare

tire rim with a snow tire or aconventional tire. Neither willproperly fit and could damageboth tire and rim.

Ø The temporary spare tire has atread life of less than 5,000 km(3,000 miles). The tread life maybe shorter depending on drivingconditions.

Ø The temporary spare tire is forlimited use, however, if the treadwear solid-band indicatorappears, replace the tire with thesame type of temporary spare(page 8-25).

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (349,1)

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:

Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONØ A wrong-sized wheel may

adversely affect:Ø Tire fitØ Wheel and bearing lifeØ Ground clearanceØ Snow-chain clearanceØ Speedometer calibrationØ Headlight aimØ Bumper heightØ Tire Pressure Monitoring

SystemØ Limited-Slip Differential System

Ø (With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)Ø When replacing/repairing the

tires or wheels or both, have thework done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may bedamaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designedfor installation of the tirepressure sensors. Do not usenon-genuine wheels, otherwiseit may not be possible to installthe tire pressure sensors.

NOTEBe sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer toTires and Wheels on page 5-33.

When replacing a wheel, make sure thenew one is the same as the original factorywheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.

Proper tire balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tires can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (350,1)

Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Headlights (High beam)

Fog lights Headlights (Low beam)

Parking lights/Front turn signal lights

Side turn signal lights

Courtesy lights

Vanity mirror lights

Rear turn signal lights

Rear side-marker lights

Overhead light (Rear)Brake lights/Taillights

Trunk light

High-mount brake light

License plate light

Reverse lights

Some models.

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (351,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

Never touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare hands andalways wear eye protection whenhandling or working around the bulbs:

When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurized gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuriescould be caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode whenlit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:

Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulbor breaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

Replacing a headlight bulb

Low-beam bulb

(Xenon fusion bulb)You cannot replace the low beam bulbs byyourself.The bulbs must be replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

High-beam bulb

1. Make sure the ignition switch is turnedoff and the headlight switch is off.

2. If you are changing the right headlightbulb, start the engine, turn the steeringwheel all the way to the right, and turnoff engine. If you are changing the leftheadlight bulb, turn the steering wheelto the left.

3. Turn the center section of the plasticretainer counterclockwise and removethe retainers and partially peel back themudguard.

Removal

Installation

4. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector downward.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (352,1)

5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.

6. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof the removal procedure.

NOTEl To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.l If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,

it should be cleaned with rubbing alcoholbefore being used.

l Use the protective cover and carton of thereplacement bulb to dispose of the old bulbpromptly out of the reach of children.

Replacing a Fog Light Bulb

1. Remove the fog light cover by pullingit outward using both hands.

2. Loosen the screws securing the foglight unit.

8-30


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (353,1)

3. Remove the fog light unit by pulling itdownward and then straight out usingboth hands.

NOTEWhen pulling out the fog light unit, be carefulnot to allow the bulb socket to contact the oilcooler.

4. Press the tab on the bulb socket anddisconnect the connector cord.

5. Rotate the bulb socketcounterclockwise as shown in thefigure and remove it.

6. Replace the bulb.

7. Reinstall the bulb socket in the reverseorder of the removal procedure.

Front turn signal lights/Parking lights

1. Make sure the ignition switch is turnedoff and the headlight switch is off.

2. If you are changing the right bulb, startthe engine, turn the steering wheel allthe way to the right, and turn offengine. If you are changing the leftbulb, turn the steering wheel to the left.

3. Turn the center section of the plasticretainer counterclockwise and removethe retainers and partially peel back themudguard.

Removal

Installation

4. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.

5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.



Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (354,1)

Side-turn signal lights

1. Slide the light unit rearward.

2. Rotate the light unit clockwise asshown in the figure and pull it out.

3. Press the tab on the bulb socket anddisconnect the connector cord.

4. Replace with a new light unit andinstall it in the reverse order of theremoval procedure

NOTEThe side-turn signal light bulb cannot bereplaced. The entire light unit itself has to bereplaced, therefore consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer for a replacement light unit.

Brake lights/Taillights

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs should bereplaced by an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear turn signal lights, Reverse lights,Rear side marker lights

1. Pull the center section of the plasticretainer and remove the retainers andpartially open the trunk side trim.

Removal

Installation



Rear turn signal lights

8-32


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (355,1)

Reverse lights

Rear side marker lights


High-mount brake light

1. Wrap the end of a flathead screwdriverin a soft cloth and remove the trunkhandle by inserting the flatheadscrewdriver in the position shown inthe figure and carefully prying thehandle off.

2. Disengage the pin in each clip securingthe trunk trim using a (+) screwdriver,remove the screws and clips, and thenremove the trunk trim.

Removal

Installation


Owner Maintenance

8-33


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (356,1)

3. Press the tab on the bulb socket andremove the connector cord.

4. Rotate the bulb socketcounterclockwise as shown in thefigure and pull it out, then pull out thebulb from the socket.

5. Replace the bulb.

6. Reinstall the bulb socket in the reverseorder of the removal procedure.

NOTEWhen re-installing the trunk trim, set the trunktrim in place and insert the clips without theinternal pin, then insert the pins and engagethem.

License plate light

1. Press the front of the lens to detach thefront tabs.

2. Wrap the end of a flathead screwdriverin a soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens and remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with theflathead screwdriver.

3. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (357,1)

qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

1. Remove the screws with a Phillipsscrewdriver.

2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the overhead light asshown in the figure, and then removethe overhead light unit.




Overhead light (Rear), Courtesy lights,Vanity mirror lights

1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens and remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with thescrewdriver.



Owner Maintenance

8-35


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (358,1)


Trunk light

1. Press both sides of the lens cap toremove it.



FusesYour vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the driver's side

If the electrical system does not work,first inspect the fuses on the driver's side.

1. Turn off the ignition switch and otherswitches.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (359,1)

3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the inside of theengine compartment fuse block cover.

4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown

5. Insert a new fuse of the same amperagerating, and make sure it fits tightly. If itdoes not fit tightly, have an expertinstall it. We recommend anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe AUDIO or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the hood. If a fuse is blown, itmust be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Turn off the ignition switch and allother switches.

2. Remove the fuse block cover.

Next to air filter

Engine cover

Battery cover

Near battery

NOTERemove the engine and battery covers beforeremoving the fuse block cover near the battery.


Owner Maintenance

8-37


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (360,1)

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorized MazdaDealer perform the replacement:

Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse isa high current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.

NOTEVerify that the engine cover is securelyinstalled.

8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (361,1)

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

1

2

3

4

5

10

1314

1516171819

1112

6

20

21

22

293031

3233343536

37

38

28

2324252627

7

8

9

(Next to air filter)

(Next to battery)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE

RATINGPROTECTED COMPONENT

1 MAIN 120A For protection of all circuits

2 HEATER 40A Heater

3 AIR PUMP 60A Air pump

4 BTN 30APower windows, Power door locks, Illuminated entry system,Moonroofí

5 DEFOG 50A Rear window defroster

6 FAN 1 30A Electric fan 1

7 ABS/DSC 40A ABS, DSCí

8 ACC 30A Lighter, Power control mirror, Accessory socket, Audio system

9 FAN 2 30A Electric fan 2

10 HEAD 15A Headlight high beamsí, Headlight cleanerí

11 HEAD LOW R 15A Headlight low beam (RH)

12 HEAD LOW L 15A Headlight low beam (LH)

13 DRL 15A DRLí (Headlight high beams)

14 DSC 30A DSCí

15 SEAT WARM 20A Seat warmerí

16 H/CLEAN 20A Headlight cleanerí


Owner Maintenance

8-39íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (362,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


17 R.FOG ― ―

18 FOG 15A Fog lightsí

19 A/C 10A Air conditioner

20 IG 40A For protection of various circuits

21 P.WIND 1 30A Power window

22 IG KEY 15A For protection of various circuits

23 STOP 10A Brake lights

24 FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel pump

25 HORN 15A Horn

26 HAZARD 15A Hazard warning flashers, Turn signals

27 ETV 15A Electric throttle valve

28 ST 10A Starter

29 WIPER 20A Windshield wiper and washer

30 TCM 15A TCMí

31 ENGINE 15AEngine control system, Supplemental restraint system, ABS,Power steering

32 TAIL 10ATaillights, License plate light, Parking lights, Front side-makerlights, Rear side-marker lights

33 ILLUMI 7.5A Illuminated entry system

34 EGI COMP1 15A Engine control system

35 EGI COMP2 10A Engine control system

36 EGI INJ 15A Fuel injector

37 P.WIND 2 20A Power window

38 EPS 60A Power steering

8-40


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (363,1)

Fuse panel (Driver's side)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


1 CIGAR 15A Lighter

2 ACC 7.5A Audio system, Power control mirror

3 OUTLET ― ―

4 A/C 7.5A Air conditioner

5 METER 10A Instrument cluster

6 ― ― ―

7 SPARE ― ―

8 SPARE ― ―

9 M.DEF 10A Mirror defrosterí

10 DSC 7.5A DSCí

11 AUDIO 25A Audio system (Bose® Sound System-equipped model)í

12 D.LOCK 30A Power door locks, Moonroofí

13 OUTLET 15A Accessory socket

14 ROOM 15A Interior lights

15 SPARE ― ―

16 SPARE ― ―


Owner Maintenance

8-41íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (364,1)

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand color base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear and colorbase coat of the vehicle's paintwork ifthey are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you are travelingand these are not available, a moistenedtissue may also take care of the problem.The cleaned area should be waxedaccording to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.

8-42


Appearance Care


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (365,1)

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tires hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTEl The paint chipping zone varies with the

speed of the vehicle. For example, whentraveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paintchipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance of paintchipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rust forming onyour Mazda. Before this happens, repair thedamage by using Mazda touch-up paintaccording to the instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected area couldlead to serious rusting and expensiverepairs.


Appearance Care

8-43


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (366,1)

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTEl Mazda is not responsible for scratches

caused by automatic car washes orimproper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable on vehicleswith darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Don't use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may damagethe protective coating; also, cleanersand detergents may discolor ordeteriorate the paint.

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the fenders, and makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soapto dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

8-44


Appearance Care


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (367,1)

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTEA spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similarmaterials will usually also take off the wax.Rewax these areas even if the rest of thevehicle doesn't need it.

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finishshould be repaired promptly. Exposedmetal quickly rusts and can lead to majorrepairs.

CAUTIONIf your Mazda is damaged and needsmetal parts repaired or replaced,make sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to all parts,both repaired and new. This willprevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high luster.

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may result indamage to the protective coating andcause discoloration or paintdeterioration.


Appearance Care

8-45


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (368,1)

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice andsnow removal and solvents used for dustcontrol may collect on the underbody. Ifnot removed, they will speed up rustingand deterioration of such underbody partsas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaustsystem, even though these parts may becoated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody andwheel housings with lukewarm or coldwater at the end of each winter. Try alsoto do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areasbecause they easily hide mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wetdown the road grime without removingit.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holes thatshould not be clogged. Water trappedthere will cause rusting.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


qAluminumWheel Maintenance

A protective coating is provided over thealuminum wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

NOTEl Don't use a wire brush or any abrasive

cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent onaluminum wheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Only use a mild soap or neutral detergentand always use a sponge or soft cloth toclean the wheels.Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or coldwater. Also, be sure to clean the wheelsafter driving on dusty or salted roads. Thishelps prevent corrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automaticcar wash that uses high-speed or hardbrushes.

l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, waxthe wheels.

8-46


Appearance Care


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (369,1)

Interior Care

qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfumeand cosmetic oils from contacting thedashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.If these solutions get on the dashboard,wipe them off immediately.

CAUTIONDo not use glazing agents.Glazing agents contain ingredientswhich may cause discoloration,wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery andInterior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinylcleaner.

Leatherí

Real leather isn't uniform and may havescars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean itwith a leather cleaner or mild soap.If the leather gets wet from rain, removethe moisture as soon as possible and dryin a shaded area.If the seats get wet, promptly removemoisture with a dry cloth and allow it tofurther dry in a shaded area.If moisture is not removed, it will causehardening and shrinkage of the leather.Do not leave vinyl products on the seatsfor long periods as they may affect theleather quality and coloring.

Fabricí

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean it with a mild soap solution goodfor upholstery and carpets. Remove freshspots immediately with a fabric spotcleaner.

To keep the fabric looking clean andfresh, take care of it. Otherwise its colorwill be affected, it can be stained easily,and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTIONUse only recommended cleaners andprocedures. Others may affectappearance and fire-resistance.

Piano black panel

The following parts are fitted with panelsthat have been treated with a specialcoating that resists scratching.l Center panell Door switch panell Steering wheel (partial)When the panel needs to be cleaned, use asoft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.

NOTEScratches or nicks on the panels resulting fromthe use of a hard brush or cloth may not berepairable.


Appearance Care

8-47íSome models.


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (370,1)

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder BeltWebbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soapsolution recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleachor dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly drythe belt webbing and make sure there isno remaining moisture before retractingthem.

WARNINGHave an Authorized Mazda Dealerreplace damaged seat beltsimmediately:

Using damaged seat belts isdangerous. In a collision, damagedbelts cannot provide adequateprotection.

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONØ Don't scrape or scratch the inside

of the rear window. You maydamage the rear window defrostergrid.

Ø When washing the inside rearwindow, use a soft clothdampened in lukewarm water,gently wiping the antenna lines.Use of glass cleaning productscould damage the antenna.

8-48


Appearance Care


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (371,1)

9 Customer Information and ReportingSafety Defects

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-6Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) .... 9-9

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-10Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-10Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-10

Warranty ................................................ 9-11Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-11Outside the United States .................. 9-12Outside Canada ................................. 9-13Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry (Except United States andCanada) ............................................. 9-14Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-15

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-16Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-16

Type Approval of Equipment ............... 9-17Type Approval of Equipment ............ 9-17

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-19

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-19

Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-21Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-21Location of the Tire Label(Placard) ............................................ 9-27Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-30Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-33Steps for Determining the Correct LoadLimit: ................................................ 9-40

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-41Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-41Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-42

Service Publications .............................. 9-43Service Publications .......................... 9-43

9-1


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (372,1)

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the followingways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inthe U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of thepage at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

9-2

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (373,1)

2. Year and model of vehicle

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)

Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may notbe possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, MazdaNorth American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement programadministered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.

BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach amutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able tofacilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.

You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seekingremedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To theextent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort toBBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “LemonLaw”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss WarrantyAct or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTOLINE.

The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not bindingon you or Mazda else you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTOLINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBBwebsite at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.

Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hopeto satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazdabelieves in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensureMazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!


Customer Assistance

9-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (374,1)

qCalifornia Customers

1. Mazda North American Operations (“Mazda”) participates in BBB AUTO LINE, amediation/arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus[4200 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better BusinessBureaus. BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the ArbitrationCertification Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.

2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you tobring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBBAUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months afterthe expiration of the warranty.

3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for thecall.

4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name andaddress, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and astatement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, theapproximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to theattention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.

5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. Ifmediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claimswithin the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informalhearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from thetime your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contactMazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests aninspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report byBBB AUTO LINE.

6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights orremedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required touse BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I ofthe Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seekredress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE isnot required by those statutes.

9-4


Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (375,1)

7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative isunable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable expresswarranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace orrepurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumptionthat Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to itsapplicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the followingoccurs:l The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty thatsubstantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition thatis likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND thenonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agentsAND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or itsagents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or itsagents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of thevehicle to the buyer.

NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THEFOLLOWING ADDRESS:Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618ATTN: Customer Mediation

8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursementfor money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehiclenonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation fordamages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.

9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multipledamages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in CaliforniaCivil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).

10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject thedecision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision andany findings will be admissible in a court action.

11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and willcomply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after wereceive notice of your acceptance of the decision.

12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.


Customer Assistance

9-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (376,1)

Customer Assistance (Canada)

qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All AuthorizedMazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. Inour experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of yourMazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by yourdealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normaldealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager hasalready reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its GeneralManager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange foryou to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact MazdaCanada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office addressand phone numbers are shown (page 9-8).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, MazdaCanada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)263-4680.Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” pageof section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will reviewthe case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.

9-6


Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (377,1)

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use ofyour Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow theabove three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's CustomerSatisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is stillnot resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you abouthow your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party throughbinding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving thatgoal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as theaward is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wishto use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in schedulingand preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed withCAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.


Customer Assistance

9-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (378,1)

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact theProvincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300North York, OntarioM2J 4Y8http://camvap.caProvincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory CAMVAP Number

British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685

Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685

Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685

Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685

Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED

MAZDA CANADA INC.WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROADSUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

ALBERTA,BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

MAZDA CANADA INC.CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

ONTARIO

MAZDA CANADA INC.QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBECH9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

QUEBEC,NEW BRUNSWICK,NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,NEWFOUNDLAND

9-8


Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (379,1)

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all AuthorizedMazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in topcondition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact yourarea's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage


6. Your question(s)


Customer Assistance

9-9


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (380,1)

Importer/Distributor

qU.S.A.

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area

qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,Ontario, L4B 3K5 CanadaTEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de PuertoRico)P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico00936-2722TEL: (787) 641-9300

qGUAM

Triple J Motors157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,GUAM 96911 USAP.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.(d.b.a. Midway Motors)P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950TEL: (670) 234-7524

Triple J Saipan, Inc.(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA

Polynesia Motors, Inc.P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, AmericanSamoa 96799TEL: (684) 699-9347

9-10


Mazda Importer/Distributors


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (381,1)

Warranties for Your Mazdal New Vehicle Limited Warrantyl Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)l Safety Restraint System Limited Warrantyl Anti-perforation Limited Warrantyl Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)

l Emission Defect Warrantyl Emission Performance Warranty

l California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)l Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)l Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warrantyl Tire Warranty

NOTEDetailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.


Warranty

9-11


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (382,1)

Outside the United StatesGovernment regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specificemission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the UnitedStates may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canadapermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible forexportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the UnitedStates:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-12


Warranty


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (383,1)

Outside CanadaGovernment regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emissionregulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differfrom those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United Statespermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to theUnited States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.


Warranty

9-13


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (384,1)

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (ExceptUnited States and Canada)

Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specificemission and safety standards.Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In additionto registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in anothercountry.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-14


Warranty


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (385,1)

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesNon-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazdavehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect yourvehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before youinstall any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGAlways consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts oraccessories:

Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designedparts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safetysystems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances ofinjuries in an accident.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such asmobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:

Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.


Warranty

9-15


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (386,1)

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your country:

Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a seriousaccident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safearea before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cellphone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,concentrate on the full-time job of driving.

9-16


Cell Phones


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (387,1)

Type Approval of Equipment

Keyless entry system



9-17


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (388,1)

Immobilizer system

9-18




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (389,1)

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, andtemperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) tractiontests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required bylaw.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)

9-19


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (390,1)

WARNINGKeep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:

Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next severalyears according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may varywith respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGERVEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES ANDTO ALL OTHER FEDERALTIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

UTQGS MARK (example)

9-20


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (391,1)

Tire LabelingFederal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall ofall tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case ofa recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Rim diameter code

7. Load index & speed symbol

8. Severe snow conditions

9. Tire ply composition and materials used

10. Max. load rating


Tire Information (U.S.A.)

9-21


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (392,1)

11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

12. Max. permissible inflation pressure

13. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTEIf your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

9-22




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (393,1)

H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

Q 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168* mph

Y 186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. Fortires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use inmud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. Thenext two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codesused at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Ingeneral, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried bythe tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire undernormal driving conditions.



9-23


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (394,1)

Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The gradesrepresent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire'sresistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with verydeeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the othertires on your vehicle.

SAFETYWARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNTTIRES.

l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLYCHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-24




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (395,1)

qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

6. Load index&speed symbol

T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.



9-25


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (396,1)

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

90

“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

M

“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

M 81 mph

9-26




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (397,1)

Location of the Tire Label (Placard)You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other importantinformation on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the rear door on the driver's side.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psifor the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that theinflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure ismaintained.Refer to Tires on page 10-6.

NOTETire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended coldtire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.



9-27


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (398,1)

WARNINGAlways check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to therecommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with theinformation in this owner's manual:

Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and mayresult in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexingand rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. Itresults in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tirecan lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by lookingat them.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are nothot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of thevalve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTESome spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or otherirregularities.

NOTEWarm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust thepressure.Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-28




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (399,1)

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, andthe maximum weight the vehicle can carry.Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providinginformation about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date ofmanufacture.Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants andcargo.Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it'smounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacityis described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular productionoptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.



9-29


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (400,1)

Tire MaintenanceImproper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here aresome important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintainrecommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use thepressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregularwear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or acombination of the following:l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe brakingAfter rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nutsfor tightness.

9-30




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (401,1)

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread patternor studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will beweakened if rotated from side to side.

(With limited-slip differential)Don't use the following:Ø Tires not of the designated sizeØ Tires of different sizes or types at the same timeØ Tires not sufficiently inflatedIf these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will bedifferent and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in good condition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction couldresult in an accident.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replacethe tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent highloading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when youreplace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.



9-31


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (402,1)

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivategood driving habits for your own benefit.l Observe posted speed limitsl Avoid fast starts, stops and turnsl Avoid potholes and objects on the roadl Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking

CAUTIONIf you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect yourtire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tireis under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it withyour spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearestvehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-32




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (403,1)

Vehicle Loading

WARNINGDo not taw a trailer with this vehicle:

Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.

This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keepyour loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's SafetyCertification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNINGOverloaded Vehicle:

Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have seriousconsequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle'ssuspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases thedistance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can failcompletely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is acombination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflationpressure.Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from thevehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.



9-33


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (404,1)

Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from yourdealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed tocarry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and LoadInformation label on the rear door on the driver's side or door pillar. Look for “THECOMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVEREXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tirelabel is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If anyaftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight ofthe equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to beaccurate.

9-34




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (405,1)

SAMPLE

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo andoptional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part ofcargo weight.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargoweight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants fromthe “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tirelabel.



9-35


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (406,1)

Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg(699 lbs)The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carriedby a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label located on the rear door on the driver's side or door pillar. Thetotal load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fullyloaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR isshown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the rear door on thedriver's side or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-36




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (407,1)

SAMPLE

WARNINGExceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:

Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous andcould result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to thevehicle, or loss of control.Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.



9-37


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (408,1)

GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus theweight of the fully loaded trailer.

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of thevehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle canhandle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is ratedfor operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safecontrol of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW mustnever exceed the GCWR.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailerthe vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal orexternal), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RVandTrailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that atrailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain aproper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.

9-38




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (409,1)

WARNINGExceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:

Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, ordamage to the vehicle.Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originalsbecause they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacementtires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWRlimitations.Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.



9-39


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (410,1)

Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be

riding in your vehicle.(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg

or XXX lbs.(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

9-40




Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (411,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda MotorCorporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your MazdaImporter/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

NOTEIf you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, California 92618-2922orP.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-10) inthis booklet.


Reporting Safety Defects

9-41


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (412,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, DefectInvestigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contactTransport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm

9-42


Reporting Safety Defects


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (413,1)

Service PublicationsFactory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to dosome of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to thechart below.

If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION

9999-95-064B-09 2009 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

9999-95-040G-09 2009 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

9999-95-079C-09 (U.S.A. only) 2009 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-079C-09 (Canada only) 2009 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-079C-09 (Puerto Rico only) 2009 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-95-102F-09 2009 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS

9999-95-NAV1-09 (U.S.A. only) 2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-NAV1-09 (Canada only) 2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-NAV1-09 (Puerto Rico only) 2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body andchassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electricalsystem.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.This is not a technician's manual.

qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:

Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.


Service Publications

9-43


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (414,1)

qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigationsystem. This is not a technician's manual.

9-44


Service Publications


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (415,1)

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

10-1


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (416,1)

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the left top side of thedashboard. This plate can easily be seenthrough the windshield.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

qChassis Number

qVehicle Emission ControlInformation Label

qTire Pressure Label

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (417,1)

qEngine Number

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (418,1)

Specifications

qEngine

Item Model

Type Rotary engine

Displacement 654 ml × 2 (654 cc × 2, 40.0 cu in × 2)

Compression ratio 10.0

qElectrical System

Item Classification

Battery 12V-55AH/5HR

Spark-plug numberTrailing side N3Y1 18 110A, N3H1 18 110D*1

Leading side N3Y8 18 110A, N3Y9 18 110A, N3H5 18 110A*1

Spark-plug gap 1.15―1.25 mm (0.046―0.049 in)

*1 ex factory

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulatecoating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant Classification

Engine oil Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-12.

Manual transmission oil API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-90)

Automatic transmission fluid JWS3309

Rear differential oil

API Service GL-5 (SAE 90)

API Service GL-5 (SAE 80W-90)

API Service GL-5 (SAE 75W-90)*

Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

* Not available from Mazda

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (419,1)

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oilWith oil filter replacement 4.4 L (4.6 US qt, 3.9 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

4.2 L (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt)

CoolantManual transmission 10.0 L (10.6 US qt, 8.80 Imp qt)

Automatic transmission 9.8 L (10 US qt, 8.6 Imp qt)

Manual transmission oil 1.95 L (2.06 US qt, 1.72 Imp qt)

Automatic transmission fluid 8.0 L (8.5 US qt, 7.0 Imp qt)

Rear differential oil 1.3 L (1.4 US qt, 1.1 Imp qt)

Fuel tank 64.0 L (16.9 US gal, 14.1 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

Item Specification

Overall lengthWithout license plateholder

4,460 mm (175.6 in)

With license plate holder 4,470 mm (176.0 in)

Overall width 1,770 mm (69.7 in)

Overall height 1,340 mm (52.8 in)

Front tread18-inch wheel vehicle 1,500 mm (59.1 in)

19-inch wheel vehicle 1,505 mm (59.3 in)

Rear tread18-inch wheel vehicle 1,505 mm (59.3 in)

19-inch wheel vehicle 1,510 mm (59.4 in)

Wheelbase 2,700 mm (106.3 in)

qWeights

ItemWeight

Manual transmission Automatic transmission

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 1,732 kg (3,818 lbs) 1,752 kg (3,862 lbs)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 842 kg (1,856 lbs) 858 kg (1,892 lbs)

Rear 901 kg (1,986 lbs) 907 kg (2,000 lbs)

qAir Conditioner

Item Classification

Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (420,1)

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R (SAE)

Headlights

High beam 65 H9 (H9)

Low beamHalogen 55 H7 (H7)

Xenon fusion 35 D2S (D2S)

Front turn signal lights/Parking lights (Front side-marker lights) 27/8 B1157MA (―)

Fog lightsí 51 HB4 (#9005)

Side turn signal lights*1 5 ― (―)

High-mount brake light 21 W21W (#7440)

Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (―)

Brake lights/Taillights LED*2 ― (―)

Reverse lights 16 W16W (#921)

License plate lights 5 W5W (4CP)

Rear side-marker lights 5 W5W (4CP)

*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.*2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.

Interior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R

Trunk light 5 W5W

Overhead light/Map lights (Front) 5 W5W

Overhead light (Rear) 10 ―

Courtesy lights 5 W5W

Vanity mirror lights 2 ―

qTires

NOTEThe tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted toyour vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-23.

Tire sizeInflation pressure

Front Rear

225/45R18 91W220 kPa (32 psi) 220 kPa (32 psi)

225/40R19 89W

Vehicle capacity weight: 308 kg (680 lbs)

10-6 íSome models.

Specifications


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (421,1)

qFuses

Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-36.

Specifications

10-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (422,1)

10-8


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (423,1)

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (424,1)

A

Accessory Socket .............................. 6-87Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-15Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2

Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5Advanced key suspendfunction ...................................... 3-16Auxiliary key .............................. 3-16Locking, unlocking with requestswitch ........................................... 3-8Opening the trunk lid with requestswitch ........................................... 3-9Operational range ......................... 3-7Remote control function ............. 3-14Service ......................................... 3-6

Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-38Ambient Temperature Display .......... 6-80Antenna ............................................. 6-15Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8

Warning light ............................... 5-8Appearance Care ............................... 8-42Ashtray .............................................. 6-82Audio System ................................... 6-15

Audio control switch .................. 6-54Audio set .................................... 6-25AUX mode ................................. 6-56Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-15Safety certification ..................... 6-58

Automatic TransmissionDirect mode ................................ 5-19Driving tips ................................ 5-20Manual shift mode ..................... 5-15Shift-lock system ....................... 5-15Transmission ranges ................... 5-14

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-18Maintenance ............................... 8-21Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep SoundsEngine Oil Level WarningBeep ........................................... 5-55Engine overrev warning beep .... 5-55Ignition key reminder ................. 5-55Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-55Seat belt warning beep ............... 5-55Tire inflation pressure warningbeep ............................................ 5-55

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5After getting in ............................. 4-5Before getting in .......................... 4-5

Bluetooth Hands-Free ....................... 6-59Basic Bluetooth Hands-FreeOperation ................................... 6-63Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ........................................ 6-66Hands-Free Telephone Setting.... 6-71Mazda Bluetooth Hands-FreeCustomer Service ....................... 6-76Safety certification ..................... 6-76When the Bluetooth Hands-Freecannot be used ............................ 6-75

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-18Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-16Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8Foot brake .................................... 5-5Pad wear indicator ........................ 5-9Parking brake ............................... 5-6Warning light ............................... 5-7

Break-In Period ................................... 4-6Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-28

11-2

Index


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (425,1)

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3Cell Phones ....................................... 9-16Center Console .................................. 6-85Child Restraint

Installing child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-29LATCH child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-35

Cigarette Lighter ............................... 6-81Climate Control System ...................... 6-2

Gas specifications ...................... 10-5Clock ................................................. 6-80Coin Box ........................................... 6-84Courtesy Lights ................................. 6-78Cruise Control ................................... 5-21Cup Holder ........................................ 6-83Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-38Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-59Defroster

Mirror ......................................... 5-65Rear window .............................. 5-65

Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ....................................... 3-27Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-11Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-12

D

Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6Automatic transmission .............. 5-20Break-in period ............................ 4-6Driving in flooded area .............. 4-11Driving on uneven road ............. 4-12Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8Winter driving .............................. 4-9

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-26DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-27DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-27TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-26

E

Emergency Starting ........................... 7-18Jump-starting .............................. 7-19Push-starting .............................. 7-22

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-23Emission Control System .................... 4-3Engine

Coolant ....................................... 8-14Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4Hood release .............................. 3-43Oil .............................................. 8-12Overheating ................................ 7-16Starting ......................................... 5-4

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-11Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-16Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge ................................................ 5-38Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4Exterior Care ..................................... 8-44

Index

11-3


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (426,1)

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-66Headlights .................................. 5-56

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3Changing .................................... 7-11Instant Mobility System(IMS) Emergency Flat Tire RepairKit ................................................ 7-5Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

FluidsClassification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ..................... 8-8

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-60Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5Front Seats(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-6Front Seats(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-42Gauge ......................................... 5-38Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Fuses ................................................. 8-36Panel description ........................ 8-39Replacement ............................... 8-36

G

Gauges .............................................. 5-35Glove Box ......................................... 6-84

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-66Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7Headlight Washer .............................. 5-64

H

HeadlightsControl ....................................... 5-56Flashing ...................................... 5-58High-low beam .......................... 5-58Leveling ..................................... 5-58On reminder ............................... 5-58

HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem .............................................. 5-67Hood Release .................................... 3-43Horn .................................................. 5-66

I

IgnitionKeys ........................................... 3-21Switch .......................................... 5-2

Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-77Immobilizer System(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-47Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-49Indicator Lights ................................. 5-40

Cruise ......................................... 5-53DSC OFF .................................... 5-53Headlight auto-levelingmalfunction ................................ 5-54Headlight high-beam .................. 5-52Power steering malfunction ........ 5-54Security ...................................... 5-51Shift position .............................. 5-52TCS/DSC ................................... 5-53Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-54

Information Display .......................... 6-79Ambient temperature display ..... 6-80Audio display ............................. 6-81Climate control display .............. 6-81Clock .......................................... 6-80Information display functions .... 6-79

11-4

Index


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (427,1)

I

Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-34Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-35Interior Care ...................................... 8-47Interior Lights ................................... 6-77

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-19

K

Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-22Keys .................................................. 3-21

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-59Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-28Specifications ............................. 10-6

Lighter ............................................... 6-81Lighting Control ............................... 5-56Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenance precautions... 8-9Owner maintenance schedule ....... 8-8Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transmission Operation ....... 5-10Recommendations for shifting.... 5-11

Map Lights ........................................ 6-78Meters and Gauges ........................... 5-35Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-65

M

MirrorsOutside mirrors .......................... 3-54Rearview mirror ......................... 3-55

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6Moonroof .......................................... 3-44

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-36Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-54Overhead Console ............................. 6-84Overhead Lights ................................ 6-78Overheating ....................................... 7-16Overloading ...................................... 4-11

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-42Parking Brake ..................................... 5-6Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Power Door Locks ............................ 3-28Power Steering .................................. 5-20

Power steering malfunction indicatorlight ............................................ 5-20

Power Windows ................................ 3-35Push-Starting ..................................... 7-22

R

Rear Quarter Windows ..................... 3-41Rear Seat ........................................... 2-11Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-65Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-55Recreational Towing ......................... 7-25Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................. 9-14Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8

Index

11-5


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (428,1)

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-41Seat Belt System

3-point type ................................ 2-18Automatic locking ...................... 2-16Belt minder ................................. 2-23Emergency locking .................... 2-16Extender ..................................... 2-22Location of seat belt ................... 2-17Pregnant women ........................ 2-16Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-19Seat belt precautions .................. 2-14Warning light/beep ..................... 2-23

SeatsFront seat(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-6Front seat(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2Rear seat ..................................... 2-11Seat warmer ................................ 2-12

Security SystemImmobilizer system(with advanced key) ................... 3-47Immobilizer system(without advanced key) .............. 3-49

Service Publications .......................... 9-43Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3Specifications .................................... 10-4Speed Unit Selector ........................... 5-36Speedometer ...................................... 5-36SRS Air Bags

How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-44Supplemental restraint systemsprecautions ................................. 2-38

Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4Steering Wheel .................................. 3-54

Horn ........................................... 5-66Storage Box ...................................... 6-85

S

Storage Compartments ...................... 6-84Center console ............................ 6-85Coin box ..................................... 6-84Glove box ................................... 6-84Overhead console ....................... 6-84Storage box ................................ 6-85

Sunshade ........................................... 3-46Sunvisors .......................................... 6-77

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-37Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-26Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-52Tiedown

Hook .......................................... 7-24Tire Information ................................ 9-21Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-29

System error activation .............. 5-33Tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light .............................. 5-31Tires and wheels ......................... 5-33

TiresFlat tire ......................................... 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-23Replacement ............................... 8-25Rotation ...................................... 8-24Snow tires .................................... 4-9Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3Specifications ............................. 10-6Tire chains .................................. 4-10Uniform tire quality grading system(UTQGS) ................................... 9-19

Tool ..................................................... 7-3

11-6

Index


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (429,1)

T

TowingDescription ................................. 7-23Emergency towing ..................... 7-23Recreational towing ................... 7-25Trailer towing ............................. 4-13

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-25TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-25

Trailer Towing .................................. 4-13Trip Meter ......................................... 5-36Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-32

Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-34Trunk Light ....................................... 3-33Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-59

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-77Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-40ABS ............................................ 5-42Air bag system ........................... 5-45Automatic transmission .............. 5-48Brake system .............................. 5-42Charging system ......................... 5-43Check engine .............................. 5-45Door-ajar .................................... 5-47Engine coolant level ................... 5-44Engine oil level .......................... 5-43Front seat belt pretensionersystem ........................................ 5-45KEY Warning Light(Red)/KEY Indicator Light(Green) ....................................... 5-50Low fuel ..................................... 5-46Low washer fluid level ............... 5-47Seat belt ...................................... 5-46Tire pressure monitoringsystem ........................................ 5-48

Warranty ............................................ 9-11Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-17Weights ............................................. 10-5Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-27Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-35Rear quarter windows ................ 3-41

Windshield Washer ........................... 5-64Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-61

Blades replacement .................... 8-19Winter Driving .................................... 4-9

Index

11-7


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

Black plate (430,1)

11-8


Form No.8Z09-EA-08C

2009 rx-8 owner's manual - mazda · essential safety equipment use of safety equipment,...

Documents